CCIE MPLS

Multi Protocol Label Switching is a technology to deliver IP

Forwarding of data packets is via labels – MPLS enabled routers do not look into IP header to forward packets

MPLS is known as OSI layer 2.5 – Label info is inserted between Data link and Network layer and this is sometimes called shim header

MPLS works over most “Layer 2 technologies” such as ATM, FR, PPP, POS, Ethernet

Network infrastructure convergence – MPLS enabled network allows to carry different kind of traffic (IPv4, IPv6, Layer2 frames) across single network infrastructure

No need to have BGP enabled on all routers – Very important for scaling networks – because MPLS forwarding is done via labels, we do not need to keep all destination IP addresses in routing tables

– Allows use of overlapping IPv4 address space
– Allows optimal traffic flow

Traffic engineering
– Preffered path is least cost path determined by IGP
– Basic idea is to use links in network infrastructure efficiently
– MPLS needs to be able to provide mechanism to divert traffic to other links beside preffered path

Main building blocks of MPLS:

Label – 32 bit value inserted between Layer 2 and Layer 3

LSR – Label Switch Router (eg. PE, P)
LSP – Label Switched Path
IGP – Interior Gateway Protocol
LDP – Label Distribution Protocol
LIB, LFIB – Label Information Base, Label Forwarding Information Base
MP-BGP, RSVP – Protocols for MPLS VPN and MPLS TE

Egress LSR not always performs label disposition – PHP (Penultimate Hop Popping) signaled via implicit null label (LDP advertising MPLS label of value three)

Penultimate Hop Popping (PHP) is a feature in MPLS (Multiprotocol Label Switching) where the second-to-last router (the penultimate hop) removes (or pops) the MPLS label before forwarding the packet to the final router. This improves efficiency and reduces workload on the last router.

Assigning and distributing MPLS labels Each LSR needs to run IGP to learn IP prefixes (eg. neighbor loopbacks, BGP next hops)
Each LSR then forms “LDP neighborship” between its directly connected LSR

Once LDP neighborship is formed, each LSR uses LDP to “assign labels to IP prefixes” it knows about – each LSR does this independently and advertises its labels to its LDP neighbors

LDP is standards based – RFC 3035 and RFC 3036
LDP uses UDP for session discovery and neighbor discovery (port 646 and destination IP 224.0.0.2)
LDP uses TCP (port 646 and destination IP of its LDP peer) for rest of the messages (label advertisement, label withdrawal, session maintenance, session teardown)

Forwarding MPLS packets – which label to use?
RIB stores IP prefixes, LIB stores MPLS labels
LFIB is created from both RIB and LIB and used to forward MPLS tagged packets
Example for LSR in bottom picture:
– RIB has 1.1.1.1/32 learned via IGP over e0/0 interface
– LIB has label “L” for prefix 1.1.1.1/32 learned from its LDP peer
– LFIB has: “to forward packet to 1.1.1.1/32, use label L and send packet using peer LDP nexthop over e0/0 interface”

Label stacking

Labeling does not make forwarding of packets faster
Label stacking is the primary use of MPLS that enables use of MPLS L2 and L3 VPNs, traffic engineering and other services
Most used examples of label stacking:
– 2 labels for MPLS VPN – bottom label indicates which VPN this packet belongs to, outer is used by core LSRs for packet forwarding
3 labels for MPLS TE – the most upper label is used to indicate which TE tunnel to forward this packet

Use of MPLS to build Layer 3 VPN

MPLS VPN is set of sites that communicate with each other – these sites can be connected to MPLS infrastructure at various PE routers
Each site is identified by its own VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding), by default communication between VRF is not allowed
Each PE router assigns distinct MPLS label for each VRF it communicates with other PE routers – this label is not assigned by LDP, but by MP-BGP

RD (Route Distinguisher) is attached to each IP prefix exchanged in VPN to make them unique – RD + prefix = VPN prefix
RD allows to use overlapping IP addresses among VPNs
RD length is 64 bits and is in format X:Y, where X is usually Autonomous System Number or IP address – usually one RD is assigned per customer
RT (Route Target) governs which VPN prefixes are allowed to be imported or exported out of particular VPN

Route Targets

In MPLS Layer 3 VPNs, a Route Target (RT) is a special extended BGP attribute used to control which VPN routes are imported and exported between PE (Provider Edge) routers.

In an MPLS VPN network:Multiple customers share the same provider backbone.Each customer has a separate routing table called a VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding).Routes must be kept isolated between customers.The Route Target ensures that:Only the correct VPN routes are shared between the correct VRFs.Customer A’s routes are not accidentally sent to Customer B.

Each VRF has:

Export Route Target defined

Import Route Target defined

A PE router learns a route from a customer. It adds a Route Target (RT) to that route.The route is advertised via MP-BGP to other PE routers. Other PE routers check: If the route’s RT matches their import RT, If yes → route is installed in the VRF, If no → route is ignored

Customer A has two sites:

Site 1 connected to PE1

Site 2 connected to PE2

Both VRFs are configured with:

Export RT: 100:1

Import RT: 100:1,

Result: PE1 exports routes with RT 100:1, PE2 imports routes with RT 100:1, Both sites can communicate. If another customer uses RT 200:1, their routes stay completely separate.

In order to bring L3 VPN into life, you need to exchange both RD and RT – this is done by MP-BGP

so the functions have been seperated

MPLS Layer 3 VPN Intranet for customer in VPN RED

MPLS Layer 3 VPN Intranet for customer in VPN GREEN

MPLS Layer 3 VPN Intranet for customer in VPN BLUE

MPLS Layer 3 VPN Extranet between customer VPN RED and VPN BLUE

Using RT you create Intranet or Extranet
Intranet – different sites of “same” VPN can communicate
Extranet – different sites of “different” VPNs can communicate

Exchanging RD, RT and VPN label over MPLS network
-Each PE router forms iBGP session with other PE router
-Over this iBGP sessions, PE routers exchange VPN prefixes
-Each VPN prefix is exchanged with its associated RT and VPN label – RT is for importing routes into VRF RIB, VPN label is for actual packet forwarding

Packet forwarding with MPLS Layer 3 VPN

-IGP label is assigned by LDP
-VPN label is assigned by MP-BGP

1.) PE1 receives IP packet on VRF interface assigned to site 1 of VPN BLUE.
2.) PE1 looks up VPN and IGP label, imposes these both labels as label stack to IP packet and forwards it to MPLS network. IGP label is known based on iBGP next hop, which is IP address of PE2.
3.) P1 router swaps IGP label based on its LFIB table.
4.) P2 removes IGP label due to PHP, but does not touch VPN label.
5.) PE2 router receives IP packet with VPN label, which it uses to select correct outgoing VPN site
6.) PE2 then strips off VPN label, makes lookup in its VRF RIB for particular VPN site to get the outgoing interface to send received packet to

Exchanging routing information between CE and PE routers
– Static routing
– RIP
– EIGRP
– OSPF
– IS-IS
– eBGP

Basic MPLS L3 VPN config
1.) Configuring core LSR for MPLS switching

2.) Configuring edge LSR for MPLS switching

3a.) Configuring edge LSR PE1 for MPLS L3 VPN

3b.) Configuring edge LSR PE1 for MPLS L3 VPN

4a.) Configuring edge LSR PE2 for MPLS L3 VPN

4b.) Configuring edge LSR PE2 for MPLS L3 VPN

5.) Configuring CE-PE connectivity on CE1 and CE2

MPLS L3 VPN verification
1.) IGP peerings formed in core

2.) MPLS LDP peerings formed in core

3.) VRF tables and interfaces defined on PE routers

4.) iBGP session formed between PE routers

5a.) IGP labels assigned by LDP – path from PE1 to PE2

5b.) IGP labels assigned by LDP – path from PE2 to PE1

6.) VPN labels assigned by BGP

7a.) End-to-end connectivity between VPN RED sites

7b.) End-to-end connectivity between VPN BLUE sites

CCIE Design

IP Headers

Protocol: This field is 8 bits in length. It indicates the upper-layer protocol. The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) is responsible for assigning IP protocol values. Table 1-2 shows some key protocol numbers. You can find a full list

Header Checksum: This field is 16 bits in length. The checksum does not include the data portion of the packet in the calculation. The checksum is verified and recomputed at each point the IP header is processed (on end clients)

Padding: This field is variable in length. It ensures that the IP header ends on a 32-bit boundary.

Header Length: This field is 4 bits in length. It indicates the length of the header in 32-bit words (4 bytes) so that the beginning of the data can be found in the IP header. The minimum value for a valid header is 5 (0101) for five 32-bit words.

Total Length: This field is 16 bits in length. It represents the length of the datagram, or packet, in bytes, including the header and data. The maximum length of an IP packet can be 216 − 1 = 65,535 bytes. Routers use this field to determine whether fragmentation is necessary by comparing the total length with the outgoing MTU.

Identification: This field is 16 bits in length. It is a unique identifier that denotes fragments for reassembly into an original IP packet.

Flags: This field is 3 bits in length. It indicates whether the packet can be fragmented and whether more fragments follow. Bit 0 is reserved and set to 0. Bit 1 indicates May Fragment (0) or Do Not Fragment (1). Bit 2 indicates Last Fragment (0) or More Fragments to Follow (1).

Fragment Offset: This field is 13 bits in length. It indicates (in bytes) where in the packet this fragment belongs. The first fragment has an offset of 0.

ToS (Type of Service): This field is 8 bits in length. Quality of service (QoS) parameters such as IP precedence and DSCP are found in this field. (These concepts are explained later in this chapter.)

The ToS field of the IP header is used to specify QoS parameters. Routers and Layer 3 switches look at the ToS field to apply policies, such as priority, to IP packets based on the markings. An example is a router prioritizing time-sensitive IP packets over regular data traffic such as web or email, which is not time sensitive.

DSCP

DSCP has 2’6 = 64 levels of classification, which is significantly higher than the eight levels of the IP precedence bits

backward compatible with IP precedence

Defines three sets of PHBs: Class Selector (CS), Assured Forwarding (AF), and Expedited Forwarding (EF).

CS PHB set is for DSCP values that are compatible with IP precedence bits

The AF PHB set is used for queuing and congestion avoidance.

The EF PHB set is used for premium service

IPv4 Fragmentation

Although the maximum length of an IP packet is 65,535 bytes, most of the common lower-layer protocols do not support such large MTUs. For example, the MTU for Ethernet is approximately 1518 bytes. When the IP layer receives a packet to send, it first queries the outgoing interface to get its MTU. If the packet’s size is greater than the interface’s MTU, the layer fragments the packet.

When a packet is fragmented, it is not reassembled until it reaches the destination IP layer. The destination IP layer performs the reassembly

Any router in the path can fragment a packet, and any router in the path can fragment a fragmented packet again, and these kind of double fragmentation can cause unrecoverable packets on destination

Each fragment receives its own IP header and identifier, and it is routed independently from other packets. Routers and Layer 3 switches in the path do not reassemble the fragments. The destination host performs the reassembly and places the fragments in the correct order by looking at the Identification and Fragment Offset fields.

If one or more fragments are lost, the entire packet must be retransmitted. Retransmission is the responsibility of a higher-layer protocol (such as TCP). Also, you can set the Flags field in the IP header to Do Not Fragment; in this case, the packet is discarded if the outgoing MTU is smaller than the packet like full drop or like an ACL drop

IPv4 Addressing

Classes A, B, and C are unicast IP addresses, meaning that the destination is a single host. IP Class D addresses are multicast addresses, which are sent to multiple hosts

Class A address range 1.0.0.0 to 126.0.0.0. Networks 0 and 127 are reserved. For example, 127.0.0.1 is reserved for the local host or host loopback.

Class B addresses range from 128 (10000000) to 191 (10111111) in the first byte. Network numbers assigned to companies or other organizations are from 128.0.0.0 to 191.255.0.0

As with Class A addresses, having a segment with more than 65,000 hosts broadcasting will surely not work; you resolve this issue with subnetting.

Class C addresses range from 192 (11000000) to 223 (11011111) in the first byte. Network numbers assigned to companies are from 192.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.0.

254 IP addresses for host assignment per Class C network

Class D addresses range from 224 (11100000) to 239 (11101111) in the first byte. Network numbers assigned to multicast groups range from 224.0.0.1 to 239.255.255.255

These addresses do not have a host or network part. Some multicast addresses are already assigned; for example, routers running EIGRP use 224.0.0.10

Class E addresses range from 240 (11110000) to 254 (11111110) in the first byte. These addresses are reserved for experimental networks. Network 255 is reserved for the broadcast address, such as 255.255.255.255

Networks 0.0.0.0 and 127.0.0.0 are reserved as special-use addresses

Large organizations can use network 10.0.0.0/8 to assign address space throughout the enterprise. Midsize organizations can use one of the Class B private networks 172.16.0.0/16 through 172.31.0.0/16 for IP addresses. The smaller Class C addresses, which begin with 192.168, can be used by corporations and are commonly used in home routers.

NAT

NAT performs a many-to-one translation which is usally from many private addresses to one public address, the process is called Port Address Translation (PAT) because different port numbers identify translations

It is called port based translation because source ports are also translated because a source port might be used by one host inside network , at the same time same port could also be used by another host, for second host using a same port will translate to a different source port on the public side

Router or firewall performing translation keeps track of translation in a translation table This translation record is just like connection table and also times out if connection becomes idle. Some applications also send packets out at interval to keep the NAT entry alive , in The absence of data traffic

source addresses for outgoing IP packets are converted to globally unique IP addresses

NAT has several forms

Static NAT: Host is manually / statically assigned an external address, making that host avaiable to the external world when coming outside to inside and also allows host going out with that static address from inside to outside

Dynamic NAT: Dynamically maps a private IP address to a registered IP address from a pool (group) of registered addresses. The are two types of dynamic NAT

Overloading: Maps multiple unregistered or private IP addresses to a single registered IP address by using different ports. This is also known as PAT, single-address NAT. The number of PAT translations are limited by maximum of 65,535 internal hosts via PAT.

Overlapping: Overlapping networks result when you have overlapping subnets in two different locations. Overlapping networks also result when two companies, merge. These two networks need to communicate, preferably without having to readdress all their devices.

  • Inside local address: The real IP address of the device that resides in the internal network. This address is used in the stub domain.
  • Inside global address: The translated IP address of the device that resides in the internal network. This address is used in the public network.
  • Outside global address: The real IP address of a device that resides in the Internet, outside the stub domain.
  • Outside local address: The translated IP address of the device that resides in the Internet. This address is used inside the stub domain.

Different types of NAT

Static NAT

Commonly used to assign a network device with an internal private IP address a unique public address so that it can be accessed from the Internet.

Dynamic NAT

Dynamically maps an unregistered or private IP address to a registered IP address from a pool (group) of registered addresses.

PAT

Maps multiple unregistered or private IP addresses to a single registered IP address by using different ports.

Inside local address

The real IP address of a device that resides in the internal network. This address is used in the stub domain.

Inside global address

The translated IP address of the device that resides in the internal network. This address is used in the public network.

Outside global address

The real IP address of a device that resides on the Internet, outside the stub domain.

Outside local address

The translated IP address of a device that resides on the Internet. This address is used inside the stub domain.

IPv4 Address Subnets

Multicast addresses do not use subnet masks

IP Address Subnet Design Example

The development of an IP address plan or IP address subnet design is an important concept for a network designer. You should be capable of creating an IP address plan based on many factors, including the following:

-Number of locations
-Number of devices per location
-IP addressing requirements for each individual location or building
-Number of devices to be supported in each comms room
-Site requirements, including VoIP devices, wireless LAN, and video

Subnetting for a small company. Suppose the company has 200 hosts and is assigned the Class C network 195.10.1.0/24. The 200 hosts need to be in six different LANs.

You can subnet the Class C network using the mask 255.255.255.224

Deriving number of networks from default networks

Variable-length subnet masking (VLSM) is a process used to divide a network into subnets of various sizes to prevent wasting IP addresses. If a Class C network uses 255.255.255.240 as a subnet mask, 16 subnets are available, each with 14 IP addresses

Class B network 130.20.0.0/16. Using a /20 mask produces 16 subnetworks,

The loopback address is a single IP address with a 32-bit mask. In the previous example, network 130.20.75.0/24 could provide 256 loopback addresses for network devices, starting with 130.20.75.0/32 and ending with 130.20.75.255/32.

Global companies divide this address space into continental regions for the Americas, Europe/Middle East, Africa, and Asia/Pacific. An example is shown in Table 1-25, where the address space has been divided into four major blocks:

10.0.0.0 to 10.63.0.0 is reserved.

10.64.0.0 to 10.127.0.0 is for the Americas.
10.128.0.0 to 10.191.0.0 is for Europe, Middle East, and Africa.
10.192.0.0 to 10.254.0.0 is for Asia Pacific.

Subnets to be assign for data, voice, wireless, and management VLANs. Table 1-26 shows an example. The large site is allocated network 10.64.16.0/20. The first four /24 subnets are assigned for data VLANs, the second four /24 subnets are assigned for voice VLANs, and the third four /24 subnets are assigned for wireless VLANs. Other subnets are used for router and switch interfaces, point-to-point links, and network management devices.

When assigning subnets for a site or perhaps a floor of a building, do not assign subnets that are too small. You want to assign subnets that allow for growth

For example, if a floor has a requirement for 50 users, do you assign a /26 subnet (which allows 62 addressable nodes)? Or do you assign a /25 subnet, which allows up to 126 nodes?

Assigning a subnet that is too large will prevent you from having other subnets for IPT and video conferencing.

The company might make an acquisition of another company. Although a new address design would be the cleanest solution, the recommendation is to avoid re-addressing of networks. Here are some other options:

  • If you use 10.0.0.0/8 as your network, use the other private IP addresses for the additions.
  • Use NAT as a workaround.

Performing Route Summarization

As a network designer, you will want to allocate IPv4 address space to allow for route summarization. Large networks can grow quickly from 500 routes to 1000 and higher. Route summarization reduces the size of the routing table

Planning for a Hierarchical IP Address Network

When IPv4 addressing for a companywide network, recommended practice dictates that you allocate contiguous address blocks to regions of the network. Hierarchical IPv4 addressing enables summarization, which makes the network easier to manage and troubleshoot.

Network subnets cannot be aggregated because /24 subnets from many different networks are deployed in different areas of the network. For example, subnets under 10.10.0.0/16 are deployed in Asia (10.10.4.0/24), the Americas (10.10.6.0/24), and Europe (10.10.8.0/24). The same occurs with networks 10.70.0.0/16 and 10.128.0.0/16. This lack of summarization in the network increases the size of the routing table, making it less efficient. It also makes it harder for network engineers to troubleshoot because it is not obvious in which part of the world a particular subnet is located.

Network That Is Not Summarized

By contrast, Figure 1-6 shows a network that allocates a high-level block to each region:

10.0.0.0/18 for Asia Pacific networks

10.64.0.0/18 for Americas networks 10.128.0.0/18 for European/Middle East networks

This solution provides for summarization of regional networks at area borders and improves control over the growth of the routing table.

Here are some examples of standards:

Use .1 or .254 (in the last octet) as the default gateway of the subnet.

Match the VLAN ID number with the third octet of an IP address. (For example, the IP subnet 10.10.150.0/25 is assigned to VLAN 150.)

Reserve .1 to .15 of a subnet for static assignments and .16 to .239 for the DHCP pool.

Allocate /24 subnets for user devices (such as laptops and PCs).

Allocate a parallel /24 subset for VoIP devices (IP phones).

Allocate subnets for access control systems and video conferencing systems.

Reserve subnets for future use.

Use /30 subnets for point-to-point links.

Use /32 for loopback addresses.

Allocate subnets for remote access and network management.

Case Study: IP Address Subnet Allocation

Consider a company that has users in several buildings in a campus network. Building A has four floors, and building B has two floors

the building’s Layer 3 switches will be connected via a dual-fiber link between switch A and switch B. Both switches will connect to the WAN router R1. Assume that you have been allocated network 10.10.0.0/17 for this campus and that IP phones will be used.

Notice that the VLAN number matches the third octet of the IP subnet. The second floor is assigned VLAN 12 and IP subnet 10.10.12.0/24. For building B, VLAN numbers in the 20s are used, with floor 1 having a VLAN of 21 assigned with IP subnet 10.10.21.0/24.

VLANs for IP telephony (IPT) are similar to data VLANs, with the correlation of using numbers in the 100s. For example, floor 1 of building A uses VLAN 11 for data and VLAN 111 for voice, and the corresponding IP subnets are 10.10.11.0/24 (data) and 10.10.111.0.24 (voice). This is repeated for all floors.

This solution uses /30 subnets for point-to-point links from the 10.10.2.0/24 subnet. Loopback addresses are taken from the 10.10.1.0/24 network starting with 10.10.1.1/32 for the WAN router. Subnet 10.10.3.0/24 is reserved for the building access control system.

BOOTP and DHCP

The BOOTP server port is UDP port 67. The client port is UDP port 68
DHCP is extension of BOOTP that is why the behavior is exactly same with enhancements in DHCP but BOOTP requires that you build a MAC address–to–IP address table on the server. You must obtain every device’s MAC address, which is a time-consuming effort. 

That is DHCP was introduced with “lease” function for any client / mac address
DHCP not just provides network address but also delivers configuration parameters to hosts

An IP address is assigned as follows:

Step 1. The client sends a DHCPDISCOVER message to the local network using a 255.255.255.255 broadcast.

Step 2. DHCP relay agents (routers and switches) can forward the DHCPDISCOVER message to the DHCP server in another subnet.

Step 3. The server sends a DHCPOFFER message to respond to the client, offering IP address, lease expiration, and other DHCP option information.

Step 4. Using DHCPREQUEST, the client can request additional options or an extension on its lease of an IP address. This message also confirms that the client is accepting the DHCP offer.

Step 5. The server sends a DHCPACK (acknowledgment) message that confirms the lease and contains all the pertinent IP configuration parameters.

Step 6. If the server is out of addresses or determines that the client request is invalid, it sends a DHCPNAK message to the client.

ARP

When ARP response is received it is cached as well in the ARP table , listing IP addresses with MAC addresses

ARP is a broadcast and ARP request contains the sender’s IP and MAC address and the target IP address. That is why ARP response is unicast

All nodes in the broadcast domain receive the ARP request and process it. 

ARP request is always a broadcast and ARP response is always a unicast

CCIE Lessons

Hold Timer

Hold means keep holding on to info as long as hold time is not 0, the moment it reaches 0, all things related to that neighbor is dropped and
neighbors are also told to withdraw

CCIE Interface Errors

Checking Interface Errors

show interface Gi1/0/1
show interface counters errors
show policy-map interface gi1/0/1

CCIE PMTUD

PMTUD

Although the maximum length of an IPv4 datagram is 65535, most transmission links enforce a smaller maximum packet length limit, called an MTU. The MTU size can even differ from link to link

IPv4 fragmentation breaks a datagram into pieces that are reassembled later on the end station , broken by network devices but assembled later on end device

Some headers in IPv4 header that are of significance are “do not fragment” DF bit, fragment offset fields, along with “more fragments” (MF)

in above figure because DF bit or Do not fragment is not set that is why IP packet was fragmented and not discarded upon the need for fragmentation, determines whether or not a packet is “allowed” to be fragmented.

Identifier is the identifier of the packet, which helps receiver make sure it is assembling the same packet back

offset

The fragment offset is 13 bits and indicates where a fragment belongs in the original IPv4 datagram. This value is a multiple of 8 bytes, like a puzzle where the puzzle fits in the IPv4 packet to make it whole or complete,

The second fragment has an offset of 185 (185 x 8 = 1480); the data portion of this fragment starts 1480 bytes into the original IPv4 datagram,

The third fragment has an offset of 370 (370 x 8 = 2960); the data portion of this fragment starts 2960 bytes into the original IPv4 datagram.

The fourth fragment has an offset of 555 (555 x 8 = 4440), which means that the data portion of this fragment starts 4440 bytes into the original IPv4 datagram.

It is only when the last fragment is received that the size of the original IPv4 datagram can be determined.

Issues with IPv4 Fragmentation

IPv4 fragmentation results in a small increase in CPU and memory overhead to fragment an IPv4 datagram. This is true for the sender and for a router in the path between a sender and a receiver.

The creation of fragments involves the creation of fragment headers and copies the original datagram into the fragments.

Fragmentation causes more overhead for the receiver when reassembling the fragments because the receiver must allocate memory for the arriving fragments and coalesce them back into one datagram after all of the fragments are received.

Reassembly on a host is not considered a problem because the host has the time and memory resources to devote to this task.

Reassembly, however, is inefficient on a router or firewall whose primary job is to forward packets as quickly as possible.

A router is not designed to hold on to packets for any length of time.

A router that does the reassembly chooses the largest buffer available (18K), because it has no way to determine the size of the original IPv4 packet until the last fragment is received.

Another fragmentation issue involves how dropped fragments are handled.

If one fragment of an IPv4 datagram is dropped, then the entire original IPv4 datagram must be present and it is also fragmented.

This is seen with Network File System (NFS). NFS has a read and write block size of 8192. 

Therefore, a NFS IPv4/UDP datagram is approximately 8500 bytes (which includes NFS, UDP, and IPv4 headers).

A sending station connected to an Ethernet (MTU 1500) has to fragment the 8500-byte datagram into six (6) pieces; Five (5) 1500 byte fragments and one (1) 1100 byte fragment.

If any of the six fragments are dropped because of a congested link, the complete original datagram has to be retransmitted. This results in six more fragments to be created.

If this link drops one in six packets, then no NFS data are transferred over this link

Firewalls that filter or manipulate packets based on Layer 4 (L4) through Layer 7 (L7) information have trouble processing IPv4 fragments correctly

If the IPv4 fragments are out of order, a firewall blocks the non-initial fragments because they do not carry the information that match the packet filter.

Firewalls nowadays should virtually reassemble packets (which does not actually reassembles packets but only locally in its memory to be able to inspect packet)

PMTUD

TCP MSS addresses fragmentation at the two endpoints of a TCP connection, but it does not handle cases where there is a smaller MTU link in the middle between these two endpoints and UDP traffic.

PMTUD is a mechanism to dynamically determine the true lowest MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) on the path between a sender and a receiver

If PMTUD is enabled on a host, all TCP and UDP packets from the host have the DF bit set.

so that intermediate routers won’t fragment but if there is a need for fragmentation and network devices drop the packet but still let the sender know that fragmentation is needed

PMTUD Steps

A host sends an IPv4 packet (or a TCP/UDP segment) with the DF bit set. 

That packet traverses the network toward its destination. At some point there may be a link with smaller MTU than the packet size.

When a router along the path encounters a packet that it cannot forward without fragmentation (because the packet size > the outgoing link’s MTU) and the packet has the DF bit set, then:

  • The router drops the packet.
  • The router sends an ICMP “Destination Unreachable – fragmentation needed and DF set” (Type 3, Code 4) message back to the sender. This ICMP message includes the MTU of the next‐hop link in the “unused” field if the router supports it (per RFC 1191). If intermediate routers don’t support including the MTU in the ICMP message or the host ignores the message, then the path MTU may not be found correctly

The sender receives that ICMP message and then reduces its packet size (or the MSS for TCP) for that destination, using the newly discovered path MTU value. 

The host updates its send size and retries with smaller size, now the packet goes through successfully. A host records the MTU value for a destination because it creates a host (/32) entry in its routing table with this MTU value.

Because the path can change for same destination on internetwork, PMTUD is an ongoing process: if things change, new ICMP messages may cause further reductions. 

For PMTUD to work properly, the ICMP “fragmentation needed” messages must actually reach the sender. If those ICMP messages are blocked by firewalls, routers, or filtered, PMTUD will fail silently

On Cisco routers the command tunnel path-mtu‐discovery (when applied to the tunnel interface) allows the router to participate in PMTUD for encapsulated traffic, to copy DF bit from inner to outer packet, and to dynamically adjust the tunnel MTU

With Cisco routers and switches we can perform extended ping to determine the biggest size possible through the path

ping
Protocol [ip]:
Target IP address: 172.31.176.164
Repeat count [5]:
Datagram size [100]:
Timeout in seconds [2]:
Extended commands [n]: y
Ingress ping [n]:
Source address or interface:
DSCP Value [0]:
Type of service [0]:
Set DF bit in IP header? [no]: y
Validate reply data? [no]:
Data pattern [0x0000ABCD]:
Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: V
Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[V]:
Sweep range of sizes [n]: y
Sweep min size [36]: 1400
Sweep max size [20000]: 1600
Sweep interval [1]:
Type escape sequence to abort.
Sending 1005, [1400..1600]-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.176.164, timeout is 2 seconds:
Packet sent with the DF bit set
Reply to request 0 (7 ms) (size 1400)
Reply to request 1 (10 ms) (size 1401)
Reply to request 2 (8 ms) (size 1402)
Reply to request 3 (7 ms) (size 1403)
Reply to request 4 (4 ms) (size 1404)
Reply to request 5 (4 ms) (size 1405)
Reply to request 6 (3 ms) (size 1406)
Reply to request 7 (4 ms) (size 1407)
Reply to request 8 (4 ms) (size 1408)
Reply to request 9 (4 ms) (size 1409)
Reply to request 10 (5 ms) (size 1410)
Reply to request 11 (6 ms) (size 1411)
Reply to request 12 (3 ms) (size 1412)
Reply to request 13 (4 ms) (size 1413)
Reply to request 14 (3 ms) (size 1414)
Reply to request 15 (3 ms) (size 1415)
Reply to request 16 (5 ms) (size 1416)
Reply to request 17 (3 ms) (size 1417)
Reply to request 18 (3 ms) (size 1418)
Reply to request 19 (3 ms) (size 1419)
Reply to request 20 (5 ms) (size 1420)
Reply to request 21 (7 ms) (size 1421)
Reply to request 22 (3 ms) (size 1422)
Reply to request 23 (3 ms) (size 1423)
Reply to request 24 (4 ms) (size 1424)
Reply to request 25 (6 ms) (size 1425)
Reply to request 26 (4 ms) (size 1426)
Reply to request 27 (3 ms) (size 1427)
Reply to request 28 (4 ms) (size 1428)
Reply to request 29 (3 ms) (size 1429)
Reply to request 30 (4 ms) (size 1430)
Reply to request 31 (4 ms) (size 1431)
Reply to request 32 (3 ms) (size 1432)
Reply to request 33 (3 ms) (size 1433)
Reply to request 34 (4 ms) (size 1434)
Unreachable from 172.31.203.21, maximum MTU 1434 (size 1435)
Request 36 timed out (size 1436)
Request 37 timed out (size 1437)
Request 38 timed out (size 1438)
Request 39 timed out (size 1439)
Request 40 timed out (size 1440)
Request 41 timed out (size 1441)
Unreachable from 172.31.203.21, maximum MTU 1434 (size 1442)
Request 43 timed out (size 1443)
Unreachable from 172.31.203.21, maximum MTU 1434 (size 1444)
Request 45 timed out (size 1445)
Unreachable from 172.31.203.21, maximum MTU 1434 (size 1446)
Request 47 timed out (size 1447)
Unreachable from 172.31.203.21, maximum MTU 1434 (size 1448)
Request 49 timed out (size 1449)
Unreachable from 172.31.203.21, maximum MTU 1434 (size 1450)
Request 51 timed out (size 1451)
Success rate is 67 percent (35/52), round-trip min/avg/max = 3/4/10 ms

but this is also possible with windows, although windows does not increment automatically

ping 8.8.8.8 -f -l 1500

-f → Sets the DF (Don’t Fragment) bit.
-l <size> → Sets the ICMP payload packet size.

If network or firewall in path is not filtering ICMP packets returning from remote device then on CLI and packet capture we should see

Packet needs to be fragmented but DF set.

So, if ping -f -l works at 1472 bytes, then the actual Path MTU is:

1472 + 28 = 1500 bytes

If we are using powershell then

$target = "8.8.8.8"
for ($size=1300; $size -le 2000; $size+=10) {
    Write-Host "Testing $size bytes"
    ping $target -f -l $size -n 1 | findstr /i "fragment"
}

Read-Host "Press Enter to exit..."

To test PMTUD in real-life:

ping <destination> -f -l 1472

If it passes → Path MTU is likely 1500.
If not → lower the size until it passes.

Further reading: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/docs/ip/generic-routing-encapsulation-gre/25885-pmtud-ipfrag.html

CCIE IPv6

IPv6

IPv6 address is made up of two parts.
The first 64 bits usually represent the subnet prefix, and the last 64 bits usually represent the address assigned to interface.

2001:db8:a:a::/64 is subnet or prefix
Network interface can have the address
2001:db8:a:a::1 where the last 64 bits, which are ::1
Hosts on this network can have ::10 and ::20 etc and all devices in this network are configured with default gateway 2001:db8:a:a::1

C:\PC1>ipconfig

Windows IP Configuration

Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:

 Connection-specific DNS Suffix . :
 IPv6 Address. . . . . . . . . . .: 2001:db8:a:a::10
 Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . .: fe80::a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6%11 <<<<<<<
 IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . .: 10.1.1.10
 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . .: 255.255.255.192
 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . .: 2001:db8:a:a::1
                                           10.1.1.1

Link-local address fe80::a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6 and the global unicast address 2001:db8:a:a::10 (statically configured).
Notice the %11 at the end of the link-local address. This is the interface identification number, and it is needed so that the system knows which interface to send the packets out of; keep in mind that you can have multiple interfaces on the same device with the same link-local address assigned to them.

EUI-64

EUI-64 helps with auto configuring unique IP addresses in IPv6 world because of how big the IPv6 addresses are
allows your end devices to automatically assign their own global unicast and link-local addresses

EUI-64 takes the client’s MAC address
Splits the 48 bits MAC address in half, and inserts the hex values FFFE in the middle.
In addition, it takes the seventh bit from the left and flips it. So, if it is a 1, it becomes a 0, and if it is a 0, it becomes a 1.

fe80 :: a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6
  |            |
  |            |
network bit    |
               |
           host bits

Looking at the host bits in address 0a00:27ff:fe5d:06d6
we can see this is an EUI-64 address because it has FFFE in it

For example MAC address is 08-00-27-5D-06-D6
Split it in half and add FFFE in the middle to get 08-00-27-FF-FE-5D-06-D6

08 is hex and in binary it is 000010″0″0.
The seventh bit from left is a 0, so make it a 1. Now you have 000010″1″0 – convert to hex it becomes 0a
making it 0A00:27FF:FE5D:06D6 in address fe80::a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6

By default, routers use EUI-64 when generating the interface portion of the link-local address of an interface
if you want to use EUI-64 for a statically configured global unicast address, use the eui-64 keyword at the end of the ipv6 address

interface gigabitEthernet 0/0
ipv6 address 2001:db8:a:a::/64 eui-64

IPv6 SLAAC, Stateful DHCPv6, and Stateless DHCPv6

Manually assigning IP addresses is not a scalable option with IPv6, you have three dynamic options

1. Stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC)
2. Stateful DHCPv6
3. stateless DHCPv6.

SLAAC

SLAAC is designed to enable a device to configure its own IPv6 address, prefix, and default gateway without a DHCPv6 server

Windows PCs automatically have SLAAC enabled and generate their own IPv6 addresses and can only be seen in ipconfig /all

C:\PC1>ipconfig /all

Windows IP Configuration

 Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . .: PC1
 Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . :
 Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . .: Broadcast
 IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . .: No
 WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . .: No

Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:


 Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : SWITCH.local
 Description . . . . . . . . . . .: Intel(R) PRO/1000 MT Desktop Adapter
 Physical Address. . . . . . . . .: 08-00-27-5D-06-D6
 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . .: Yes
 Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . .: Yes <<<<<<<
 IPv6 Address. . . . . . . . . . .: 2001:db8::a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6(Preferred)
 Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . .: fe80::a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6%11(Preferred)
IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 10.1.1.10(Preferred)
 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . .: 255.255.255.192

When a Windows PC and router interface are enabled for SLAAC, they send a Router Solicitation (RS) message to the all-routers multicast address (ff02::2) to ask if any routers are on local link. Router then sends a Router Advertisement (RA) that identifies following:

The network prefix(es) used on that link (e.g., 2001:db8:1:1::/64),
Flags indicating whether to use SLAAC or DHCPv6,
The router’s lifetime as a default gateway,
And other configuration details.

The PC uses the prefix from the RA and combines it with its own interface identifier (often based on MAC address or a random value) to form a full IPv6 global unicast address.

RA’s source address (the router’s link-local address, usually starting with fe80::) is used by the host as the next-hop (default gateway).

In IPv6, all routers must have a link-local address on each interface, and hosts use that address as the default gateway.

To verify an IPv6 address generated by SLAAC on a router interface, use the show ipv6 interface command
However, note that this occurs only if IPv6 unicast routing was not enabled on the router and, as a result, the router is acting as an end device, that is why next hop router’s link local address is listed as default router.

RA are only generated by default only if
1. Router interface is enabled for IPv6
2. IPv6 unicast routing is enabled
3. RAs are not being suppressed on the interface
4. Make sure that the router interface has a /64 prefix by using the show ipv6 interface command, SLAAC works only if the router is using a /64 prefix

In addition, if you have more than one router on a subnet generating RAs, which can happen with redundant gateways, the clients learn about multiple default gateways from the RAs as shown below

C:\PC1># ipconfig

Windows IP Configuration

Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:

 Connection-specific DNS Suffix . :
 IPv6 Address. . . . . . . . . . .: 2001:db8:a:a:a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6
 Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . .: fe80::a00:27ff:fe5d:6d6%11
 IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . .: 10.1.1.10
 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . .: 255.255.255.192
 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . .: fe80::c80b:eff:fe3c:8%11 <<<<<<<
                                    fe80::c80a:eff:fe3c:8%11 <<<<<<<
                                    10.1.1.1

Stateful DHCPv6

Although a device is able to determine its IPv6 address, prefix, and default gateway using SLAAC, there is not much else the devices can obtain. In a modern network, the devices may also need information such as Network Time Protocol (NTP) server information, domain name information, DNS server information

Use a DHCPv6 server.

Cisco routers and switches can act as DHCPv6 servers, but for their interface to be able to hand out v6 IP addresses using configured pool we must enable interface command “ipv6 dhcp server [pool-name]

If you are troubleshooting an issue where clients are not receiving IPv6 addressing information or where they are receiving wrong IPv6 addressing information from a router or multilayer switch acting as a DHCPv6 server, check the interface and make sure it was associated with the correct pool.

Stateless DHCPv6

Stateless DHCPv6 is a combination of SLAAC and DHCPv6. With stateless DHCPv6, clients use a router’s RA to automatically determine the IPv6 address, prefix, and default gateway. Included in the RA is a flag that tells the client to get other non-addressing information from a DHCPv6 server, such as the address of a DNS server etc

To accomplish this, ensure that the ipv6 nd other-config-flag interface configuration command is enabled
This ensures that the RA informs the client that it must contact a DHCPv6 server for other information

DHCPv6 Operation

DHCPv6 has a four-step negotiation process, like IPv4. However, DHCPv6 uses the following messages:

SOLICIT

xxx

ADVERTISE

xxx

REQUEST

xxx

REPLY

xxx

STP

STP

Redundancy requires that we connect second link between switches
but that is loop – this is where spanning tree steps in disables one side of the link / interface to remove the loop

One indication of loop is that mac shows up behind different ports which it should not
Layer 2 looped frames do not have TTL mechanism so if looped they keep going around and it grinds network equipment to halt

STP works by first making switches aware by sending and receiving BPDUs to one another rather than silence or dark network

STP selects one switch in the network as a root switch and a tree is built from this root switch’s perspective by simply stretching STP network down from that root switch

STP has multiple versions:

  • 802.1D, which is the original specification
  • Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST)
  • Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+)
  • ———————————————
  • 802.1W Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
  • 802.1S Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MST)

Cisco switches can operate in PVST+, RSTP, and MST modes.
All three of these modes are backward compatible with 802.1D.

Original version of STP only ensures Loop free topology in one VLAN

802.1D Port States

Disabled: The port is in an administratively off position (that is, shut down).

Blocking: 
The switch port is enabled
but the port is not forwarding any traffic to ensure that a loop is not created.
The switch does not modify the MAC address table.

Special: Port can only receive BPDUs

Listening: 
The switch port has transitioned from a blocking state
Port can now send or receive BPDUs.
It still cannot forward any other network traffic.
The duration of the state correlates to the STP forwarding time.

Special: Port can send and receive BPDUs

Learning: 
The switch port can add MAC entries in MAC address table from network traffic that it receives.
The switch still does not forward any other network traffic besides BPDUs.
The duration of the state correlates to the STP forwarding time. The next port state is forwarding.

Special: Port can send and receive BPDU but can also do mac learning on port (learn is in the name)

Forwarding: 
The switch port can forward all network traffic and can update the MAC address table as expected.
This is the final state for a switch port to forward network traffic.

Special: only forwarding actually forwards traffic (forward is in the name)

Broken: 
The switch has detected a configuration or an operational problem on a port that can have major effects.
The port discards packets as long as the problem continues to exist.

If timers are left to defaults 802.1D takes about 30 seconds for a port to transition from Blocking to Forwarding state

802.1D Port Types

Root port (RP): 
A network port that connects to the root bridge or an upstream switch that leads to root switch in the spanning-tree topology.
There should be only one root port per VLAN on a switch.

Designated port (DP): 
A network port that receives and forwards BPDU frames to other switches.
Designated ports provide connectivity to downstream devices and switches or Drives away from root
There should be only one active designated port on a link.

Blocking port: A network port that is not forwarding traffic because of STP calculations.

Several key terms are related to STP:

Root bridge: 
The root bridge has all ports are in a forwarding state and non blocking
This switch is considered the top of the spanning tree for all path calculations by other switches.
All ports on the root bridge are categorized as designated ports.

Bridge protocol data unit (BPDU): 
This network packet is used for network switches to identify each other and notify of changes in the topology.
A BPDU uses the destination MAC address 01:80:c2:00:00:00. There are two types of BPDUs:

  • Configuration BPDU: 
    This BPDU is used to identify the root bridge, root ports, designated ports, and blocking ports. The configuration BPDU consists of the following fields:
    – STP type
    – root path cost
    – root bridge identifier
    – local bridge identifier
    – max age
    – hello time
    – forward delay
  • Topology change notification (TCN) BPDU: 
    This BPDU is used to communicate changes in the Layer 2 topology to other switches. It is explained in greater detail later in the chapter.
  • Root path cost: This is the combined cost toward the root switch.
  • System priority: 
    This 4-bit value indicates the desire for a switch to be root bridge.
    The default value is 32,768.
  • System ID extension: 
    This 12-bit value indicates the VLAN (12 bits because VLAN ID is 12 bit) that the BPDU belongs to because BPDU are generated per vlan or BPDU can belong to only one VLAN.
    The system priority (root making value) and system ID extension (VLAN) are combined as part of the switch’s identification of a bridge
  • Root bridge identifier: 
    Root bridge’s system MAC address + system ID extension + system priority of the root bridge
  • Local bridge identifier: 
    System MAC address + system ID extension + system priority of the local bridge.
  • Max age: 
    This is the maximum length of time that a bridge port stores its BPDU information.
    The default value is 20 seconds (10x the default hello time) but can be configured with the command spanning-tree vlan vlan-id max-age maxage.
    If a switch loses contact with the BPDU’s source, switch keeps that the BPDU information on interface till Max Age timer counts down.
    Max age timer counts down when there is an indirect failure and not the interface down event
  • Hello time: 
    This is the time interval that a BPDU is advertised out of a port.
    The default value is 2 seconds, but the value can be configured to 1 to 10 seconds with the command spanning-tree vlan vlan-id hello-time hello-time.
  • Forward delay: 
    The name is actually Forwarding Delay
    This is the amount of time that a port stays in a listening and learning state (where it does not forward traffic).
    The default value is 15 seconds, but the value can be changed to a value of 4 to 30 seconds with the command spanning-tree vlan vlan-id forward-time forward-time.

STP cost is assigned on interface and root path cost is calculated by adding cumulative cost to reach root

Long mode and short mode

Original default costs were set for different speeds upto only 20 Gbps but as networking has advanced 10 Gbps has become common.

Another method, called long mode, uses a 32-bit value and uses a reference speed of 20 Tbps

The original method, known as short mode, has been the default for most switches, but has been transitioning to long mode based on specific platform and OS versions.

Link SpeedShort-Mode STP CostLong-Mode STP Cost
10 Mbps1002,000,000
100 Mbps19200,000
1 Gbps420,000
10 Gbps22000
20 Gbps11000
100 Gbps1200
1 Tbps120
10 Tbps12

Devices can be configured with the long-mode interface cost with the command spanning-tree pathcost method long. The entire Layer 2 topology should use the same setting for every device in the environment to ensure a consistent topology. Before you enable this setting in an environment, it is important to conduct an audit to ensure that the setting will work.

1. Elect Root Bridge, starts with I am root

As switch boots it wants to find root bridge, and starts by assuming that it itself is root
uses the local bridge identifier as the root bridge identifier
listens for BPDUs coming from all the ports for neighbors
If the neighbor’s configuration BPDU is inferior to its own BPDU, the switch ignores that BPDU
If the neighbor’s configuration BPDU is better than its own BPDU
the switch updates its BPDUs to include the new better root bridge + new root path cost.
This process continues until all switches in a topology have identified the root bridge switch.

STP favours the switch with lowest priority inside the bridge ID
If priority is same then switch with lower system MAC address wins
Generally, older switches have a lower MAC address and are considered more preferable
but configuration changes in priority should be made for optimal placement of the root bridge

show spanning-tree root to display the root bridge

SW1# show spanning-tree root
                                            Root    Hello Max Fwd
Vlan                   Root ID            Cost    Time  Age Dly  Root Port
---------------- -------------------- --------- ----- --- ---  ------------
VLAN0001         32769 0062.ec9d.c500         0    2   20  15
VLAN0010         32778 0062.ec9d.c500         0    2   20  15
VLAN0020         32788 0062.ec9d.c500         0    2   20  15
VLAN0099         32867 0062.ec9d.c500         0    2   20  15

this command is like a snapshot or view of root for all VLANs
there can be different root switches for some VLANs, it is not mandatory to one root for all VLANs

When a switch generates the BPDUs, the root path cost includes only the calculated metric to the root and does not include the cost of the port that the BPDU is advertised out of

The receiving switch adds the port cost for its interface on which the BPDU was received with the value of the root path cost in the BPDU and that is the value switch thinks to reach the root is

The root path cost is always zero on the root bridge

cost on those links is 4 because of 1 gig links (short mode)

SW2# show spanning-tree root
                                            Root    Hello Max Fwd
Vlan                   Root ID            Cost    Time  Age Dly  Root Port
---------------- -------------------- --------- ----- --- ---  ------------
VLAN0001         32769 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1
VLAN0010         32778 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1
VLAN0020         32788 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1
VLAN0099         32867 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1
SW3# show spanning-tree root
                                            Root    Hello Max Fwd
Vlan                   Root ID            Cost    Time  Age Dly  Root Port
---------------- -------------------- --------- ----- --- ---  ------------
VLAN0001         32769 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1
VLAN0010         32778 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1
VLAN0020         32788 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1
VLAN0099         32867 0062.ec9d.c500         4    2   20  15  Gi1/0/1

Locating Root “Ports”

After the switches have identified the root bridge, they must determine their root port (RP).

Only the root bridge continues to advertise configuration BPDUs out all of its ports. The switch compares the BPDU information received on its port to identify the RP.

The RP is selected using the following logic , only moves to next step when there is a tie
This step is interface centric because we are selecting a root “port”

  1. The interface associated to lowest path cost is more preferred.
  2. The interface associated to the lowest system priority of the “advertising switch” is preferred next.
  3. The interface associated to the lowest system MAC address of the advertising switch is preferred next.
  4. When multiple links are associated to the same switch, the lowest port priority from the advertising switch is preferred.
  5. When multiple links are associated to the same switch, the lower port number from the advertising switch is preferred.

Locating Blocked / Designated Switch “Ports”

Root for a VLAN is elected
Root ports are elected
Now next is Designated ports / blocking ports between 2 non-root switches needs to be decided

one of those switch’s “designated ports” must be set to a blocking state to prevent a forwarding loop

  1. The interface is a designated port and must not be considered an RP.
  2. The switch with the lower path cost to the root bridge forwards packets, and the one with the higher path cost blocks. If they tie, they move on to the next step.
  3. The system priority of the local switch is compared to the system priority of the remote switch. The local port is moved to a blocking state if the remote system priority is lower than that of the local switch. If they tie, they move on to the next step.
  4. The system MAC address of the local switch is compared to the system MAC address of the remote switch. The local designated port is moved to a blocking state if the remote system MAC address is lower than that of the local switch.
  5. When multiple links are associated to the same switch, the lowest port priority from the advertising switch is preferred.
  6. When multiple links are associated to the same switch, the lower port number from the advertising switch is preferred.
SW1# show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
  Spanning tree enabled protocol rstp
! This section displays the relevant information for the STP root bridge                  
  Root ID    Priority    32769
              Address     0062.ec9d.c500
              This bridge is the root
              Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
! This section displays the relevant information for the Local STP bridge                  
  Bridge ID  Priority    32769  (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
               Aging Time  300 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 4          128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 4          128.3    P2p
Gi1/0/14            Desg FWD 4          128.14   P2p Edge

If the Type field includes *TYPE_Inc -, this indicates a port configuration mismatch between this switch and the switch it is connected to, it is seen when port mode is mixed Access and Trunk between switches

These port types are expected on Catalyst switches:

P2p

P2p is point-to-point link only, i.e.:

  • The port connects directly to a switch or router device on full-duplex Ethernet link

Why it matters in STP:

  • STP can converge faster on point-to-point links
  • Rapid STP (RSTP) can move these ports to forwarding almost immediately when safe

P2p Edge

  • A point-to-point link
  • AND an edge port (connected to an end device)

This is essentially PortFast

What STP assumes:

  • No risk of loops
  • The device is not a switch
  • The port can go to Forwarding immediately

Typical devices on P2p Edge ports:

  • PCs
  • Servers
  • Printers
  • IP phones

Ports that are blocked go in BLK state
Alternate port is the alternate port to reach root in an event Gi1/0/1 fails

All the ports on SW2 are in a forwarding state, but port Gi1/0/2 on SW3 is in a blocking (BLK) state.
SW3’s Gi1/0/2 port has also been designated as an alternate port to reach the root in the event that the Gi1/0/1 connection fails.

SW3’s Gi1/0/2 port rather than SW2’s Gi1/0/3 port was placed into a blocking state is that SW2’s system MAC address (0081.c4ff.8b00) is lower than SW3’s system MAC address (189c.5d11.9980).

SW2# show spanning-tree vlan 1


VLAN0001
  Spanning tree enabled protocol rstp
  Root ID    Priority    32769
              Address     0062.ec9d.c500
              Cost         4                                                                              
              Port         1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1)                                                       
              Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID  Priority    32769  (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
               Address     0081.c4ff.8b00
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
               Aging Time  300 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/1             Root FWD 4          128.1    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 4          128.3    P2p
Gi1/0/4             Desg FWD 4          128.4    P2p
SW3# show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
  Spanning tree enabled protocol rstp
! This section displays the relevant information for the STP root bridge            
  Root ID    Priority    32769
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Cost        4
               Port        1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1)
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 se

! This section displays the relevant information for the Local STP bridge            
  Bridge ID  Priority    32769  (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
               Address     189c.5d11.9980
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
               Aging Time  300 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/1             Root FWD 4          128.1    P2p
Gi1/0/2             Altn BLK 4          128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/5             Desg FWD 4          128.5    P2p

show spanning-tree interface interface-id [detail]
shows STP state for only the specified interface.
The detail keyword provides
1. port cost
2. port priority
3. number of transitions
4. link type
5. count of BPDUs sent or received for every VLAN supported on that interface.

show spanning-tree vlan x
shows where that vlan spans to on current switch

SW3# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/1

Vlan                Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
VLAN0001            Root FWD 4         128.1    P2p
VLAN0010            Root FWD 4         128.1    P2p
VLAN0020            Root FWD 4         128.1    P2p
VLAN0099            Root FWD 4         128.1    P2p
SW3# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/1 detail
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
Port 1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1) of VLAN0001 is root forwarding
   Port path cost 4, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.1.
   Designated root has priority 32769, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated bridge has priority 32769, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated port id is 128.3, designated path cost 0
   Timers: message age 16, forward delay 0, hold 0
   Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
   Link type is point-to-point by default

   BPDU: sent 15, received 45908                                                    

 Port 1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1) of VLAN0010 is root forwarding
   Port path cost 4, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.1.
   Designated root has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated bridge has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated port id is 128.3, designated path cost 0
   Timers: message age 15, forward delay 0, hold 0
   Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
   Link type is point-to-point by default
 MAC  BPDU: sent 15, received 22957
..

STP Topology Changes

Configuration BPDUs always flow from the root bridge toward the edge switches
However, changes in the topology (for example, switch failure, link failure, or links becoming active) have an impact on “all” the switches in the Layer 2 topology.

The switch that detects a fault sends a topology change notification (TCN) BPDU toward the root bridge, out its RP.
If an upstream switch receives the TCN, it sends out an acknowledgment and forwards the TCN out its RP to the root bridge.

By default, a switch ages out MAC entries after 300 seconds (5 minutes)
When STP detects a topology change (link up/down, port role change):
The switch temporarily reduces the MAC aging time

Upon receipt of the TCN, the root bridge creates a new configuration BPDU with the Topology Change flag set, and it is then flooded to all the switches. When a switch receives a configuration BPDU with the Topology Change flag set, all switches change their MAC address timer to the forwarding delay timer (with a default of 15 seconds). This flushes out MAC addresses for devices that have not communicated in that 15-second window but maintains MAC addresses for devices that are actively communicating.

However, a side effect of flushing the MAC address table is that it temporarily increases the unknown unicast flooding while it is rebuilt. Remember that this can impact hosts because of their CSMA/CD behavior.
The MAC address timer is then reset to normal (300 seconds) after the 2 configuration BPDU are seen
“I’ve now seen two consecutive consistent BPDUs — the topology is stable again.”

Because these TCNs are generated on per VLAN basis, as a side effect that VLAN’s mac table mac entry retainer time will be reduced creating rebroadcasting of unknown unicast for MAC address relearning by the switch on that VLAN.
As the number of hosts (without portfast) increases, the more likely TCN generation is to occur and the more hosts that are impacted by the broadcasts. Topology changes should be checked as part of the troubleshooting process. Portfast stops generation of TCN and reduce the generation of TCNs.

Topology changes are seen with the command show spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] detail on a switch.
The output of this command shows the topology change count and time since the last change has occurred.

A sudden or continuous increase in TCNs indicates a potential problem and should be investigated further for flapping ports or events on a connected switch.

SW1# show spanning-tree vlan 10 detail

 VLAN0010 is executing the rstp compatible Spanning Tree protocol
 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, sysid 10, address 0062.ec9d.c500
 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, transmit hold-count 6
 We are the root of the spanning tree
 Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set
 Number of topology changes 42 last change occurred 01:02:09 ago                   
           from GigabitEthernet1/0/2                                               
 Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
         hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
 Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300

The process of determining why TCNs are occurring involves finding a port that is flapping and it does not have portfast enabled, if it is connected to another switch then trace port on another switch but in same VLAN

Direct Link Failures of blocking segment- traffic impact

When a port goes down STP process is aware of that “direct link” failure

In below scenario link between SW2 and SW3 goes down
SW2 Gi1/0/3 is DP and SW3 Gi1/0/2 Blocking
This link going down will not impact traffic as both switches transmit traffic through SW1 and because of this direct link blocking between SW2 and SW3, SW2 learns all the MAC addresses behind SW3 via SW1 and SW3 learns all the MAC addresses behind SW2 via SW1

Blocked ports cannot send data and do not receive Data, also do not send BPDU but can receive BPDU only
switches also do not learn MAC on blocked ports

but designated port can send and receive data but in this case SW2’s Designated port will never forward out of Gi1/0/3 because no MAC has been learned through that port so even though designated port can send data, it will never send it because traffic outflow is dictated by MAC address learning

Dont forget about TCN generated from P2p port going down, both SW2 and SW3 will advertise a TCN toward the root switch, which results in the Layer 2 topology flushing its MAC address table.

Direct Link Failures – Loss of root – traffic impact 30 seconds for 802.1D

In the second scenario, the link between SW1 and SW3 fails.
Network traffic to and from SW1 to SW3 and Network traffic to and from SW2 -> SW1 -> SW3 and SW3 -> SW1 -> SW2 will be affected because of blocking segment between SW2 and SW3, all traffic between SW2 and SW3 goes via SW1 but because link between SW1 and SW3 is down , Layer 2 network will have to reconverge with the help of STP

– SW1 detects a link failure on its Gi1/0/3 interface.
– SW3 detects a link failure on its Gi1/0/1 interface and SW3 does not use max age timer on its Gi1/0/1

1. TCNs from all switches to root but no way to send in this scenario so switch will wait:
– Normally, SW1 would generate a TCN flag out its root port, but it itself is a root bridge, so it does not. SW1 will wait for a TCN from non root switches
– At this point, SW3 would attempt to send a TCN toward the root switch to notify it of a topology change; however, its root port is down, and its only other port that is connected to this layer 2 network is in blocking mode , so SW3 will wait for this port to come out of blocking mode but it will still send TCN once the port is out of blocking mode

2. Affected interfaces remove their best BPDU (root / root port) and activate alternative port as BPDUs from root are still coming in another (blocking) port:
– SW3 removes its best BPDU (was root port as best only comes on root port) without waiting for max age timer on its Gi1/0/1 interface because it is now in a down state.
– SW2 was always receiving BPDU from SW1 and relaying it to SW3
– because root port was lost SW3 must look for a new root port
– SW3 never lost access to root as it was receiving BPDUs on its Gi1/0/2 in Blocked state
– because BPDU are coming on blocking port Gi1/0/2 of SW3, and SW3 detects that this root is reachable over Gi1/0/2 Blocking port so it transitions to listening and then learning

3. TCN can now reach root
– once SW3 bring its port Gi1/0/2 to forwarding state then TCN is dispatched towards root from Gi1/0/2
– SW1 advertises a configuration BPDU with the Topology Change flag out of all its ports. It keeps TC set for the topology change period (commonly Max Age + Forward Delay = 35s by default).
– This BPDU is received and relayed to all switches in the environment , SW2 receives it and relays it to SW3

4. Non root switches reduce their MAC address age timer to forward delay 
– These switches then reduce the MAC address age timer to the forward delay timer to flush out older MAC entries.
– If other switches were connected to SW1, they would receive a configuration BPDU with the Topology Change flag set also for all the VLANs on trunk port. These packets have an impact for all switches in the same Layer 2 domain.

The total convergence time for SW3 is 30 seconds: 15 seconds for the listening state and 15 seconds for the learning state before SW3’s Gi1/0/2 can be made the RP.

Direct Link Failure Scenario 3

In the third scenario, the link between SW1 and SW2 fails

Network traffic from SW1 or SW3 toward SW2 is impacted because SW3’s Gi1/0/2 port is in a blocking state.

SW1 detects a link failure on its Gi1/0/2 interface.
SW2 detects a link failure on its Gi1/0/1 interface and SW3 does not use max age timer on its Gi1/0/1

1. TCNs from all switches to root but no way to send in this scenario so switch will wait:

– Normally SW1 would generate a TCN flag out its root port, but it is the root bridge, so it does not as root does not do that. SW1 would advertise a TCN if it were not the root bridge.
– At this point, SW2 would attempt to send send TCN towards the root switch to notify it of a topology change however its root port is down and unable to do as its RP port is down so it will wait for path to root to resolve and then send TCN

2. Affected interfaces remove their best BPDU and best BPDU (root) via different interface as BPDU are not coming on Desgnated port due to adjacent port is blocking:

– SW2 removes its best BPDU (was root port as best only comes on root port) without waiting for max age timer on its Gi1/0/1 interface because it is now in a down state.
– because root port was lost SW2 must look for a new root port
– but because the local port facing SW3 is Designated port and port on SW3 is blocking as blocking port does not send BPDUs but only receives BPDU, visibility or path to root is lost

3. Declaring itself root because of remote blocking port and then receiving and loosing root election
– SW2 will declare itself root and generate its own BPDU and send it to SW3
– SW3 receives SW2’s inferior BPDUs and discards them as it is still receiving superior BPDUs from SW1
– Because this BPDU from SW2 was not accepted this leads to expiry of max age timer on Gi1/0/2 of SW3 and transitions from blocking to listening state. SW3 can now forward the next configuration BPDU it receives from SW1 to SW2.
– SW2 receives SW1’s configuration BPDU via SW3 and recognizes it as superior. It marks its Gi1/0/3 interface as the root port and transitions it to the listening state.

4. TCN can now reach root
– once SW2 bring its port Gi1/0/2 to forwarding state then TCN is dispatched towards root from Gi1/0/2
– SW1 advertises a configuration BPDU with the Topology Change flag out of all its ports. It keeps TC set for the topology change period (commonly Max Age + Forward Delay = 35s by default).
– This BPDU is received and relayed to all switches in the environment , SW3 receives it and relays it to SW2

5. Non root switches reduce their MAC address age timer to forward delay 
– These switches then reduce the MAC address age timer to the forward delay timer to flush out older MAC entries.
– If other switches were connected to SW1, they would receive a configuration BPDU with the Topology Change flag set also for all the VLANs on trunk port. These packets have an impact for all switches in the same Layer 2 domain.

The total convergence time for SW2 is 50 seconds: 20 seconds for the Max Age timer on SW3, 15 seconds for the listening state on SW2, and 15 seconds for the learning state.

Indirect Failures

In some scenarios involving signalling over WAN, switch do not see direct interface failures, but WAN signalling is not present while the interface is up and this is where hello and max age timer comes in

– An event occurs that impairs or corrupts data on the link. SW1 and SW3 still report a link up condition.
– SW3 stops receiving configuration BPDUs on its RP, SW3’s max age timer expires and removes the best BPDU after max age expiry
– because SW3 lost path to root it will have to find the path to root through another best path (lowest cost to root) and that is next port that is Gi1/0/2 in blocking port
– SW3 transitions Gi1/0/2 from blocking to listening state
– SW2 continues to advertise SW1’s configuration BPDUs toward SW3
– SW3 receives SW1’s configuration BPDU via SW2 on its Gi1/0/2 interface. This port is now marked as the RP 

The total time for reconvergence on SW3 is 50 seconds: 20 seconds for the Max Age timer on SW3, 15 seconds for the listening state on SW3, and 15 seconds for the learning state on SW3.

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

Although 802.1D did a decent job of preventing Layer 2 forwarding loops, it was not designed to support multiple VLANs, also for traffic engineering requirements such as blocking one link for half vlans and blocking another link for other half of vlans for load balancing and equally utilising both uplinks

Cisco also created other versions like PVST and PVST+ which were Cisco proprietary

but standard versions that are compatible with other vendors such as RSTP and MST should be used in production

RSTP (802.1W) Port States

RSTP reduces the number of port states to three:

Discarding: Blocking, This state combines the traditional STP states disabled, blocking, and listening.

Learning: The switch port modifies the MAC address table with any network traffic it receives. The switch still does not forward any other network traffic besides BPDUs.

Forwarding: The switch port forwards all network traffic and updates the MAC address table as expected. This is the final state for a switch port to forward network traffic.

RSTP relies on handshake with a switch connected on the other end, If a handshake does not occur, the other device is assumed to be non-RSTP compatible and for backwards compatibility the port defaults to regular 802.1D behavior

RSTP (802.1W) Port Roles

RSTP defines the following port roles:

Root port (RP): A network port that connects to the root switch or an upstream switch in the spanning-tree topology. There should be only one root port per VLAN on a switch.

Designated port (DP): A network port that receives and forwards frames to other switches. Designated ports provide connectivity to downstream devices and switches. There should be only one active designated port on a link. Designated port drives packets away from root

Alternate port: 
A network port that provides alternate connectivity toward the root switch “through a different switch”.
It does not forward traffic, So if the main (active) path to the root switch fails, the alternate port can take over.

Backup port: 
These are very rare because this port is only seen when a switch connects with 2 links into hub or shared segment , a backup port is kept blocked to prevent loops, one link going to hub becomes Designated port and second link becomes backup port (blocks traffic)

RSTP (802.1W) Port Types

RSTP defines three types of ports that are used for building the STP topology:

Edge port: A port at the edge of the network where hosts connect to the Layer 2 topology with one interface and “cannot form a loop”. These ports directly correlate to ports that have the STP portfast feature enabled.

Non-Edge port: A port that has received a BPDU.

Point-to-point port: Any port that connects to another RSTP switch with full duplex. “Full-duplex links do not permit more than two devices on a network segment, so determining whether a link is full duplex is the fastest way to check the feasibility of being connected to a switch”.

Multi-access Layer 2 devices such as hubs can connect only at half duplex. If a port can connect only via half duplex, it must operate under traditional 802.1D forwarding states.

Building the RSTP Topology

With RSTP, switches exchange handshakes with other RSTP switches to transition through the following STP states and it is faster this way

When two switches first connect, they establish a bidirectional handshake across the shared link to identify the root bridge.

This is straightforward for an environment with only two switches; however, large environments require greater logic

RSTP uses a synchronization process to add a switch to the RSTP topology, The synchronization process starts when two switches (such as SW1 and SW2) are first connected. The process proceeds as follows:

– As the first two switches connect to each other, they verify that they are connected with a point-to-point link by checking the full-duplex status.
– They establish a handshake with each other to advertise a proposal (in configuration BPDUs) that their interface should be the DP for that segment.
– There can be only one DP per segment, so each switch identifies whether it is the superior or inferior switch, using the same logic as in 802.1D for the system identifier (that is, the lowest priority and then the lowest MAC address). Using the MAC addresses from figure, SW1 (0062.ec9d.c500) is the superior switch to SW2 (0081.c4ff.8b00).

– The inferior switch (SW2) recognizes that it is inferior and marks its local port (Gi1/0/1) as the RP. At that same time, it moves all non-edge ports to a discarding state. At this point in time, the switch has stopped all local switching for non-edge ports.
– The inferior switch (SW2) sends an agreement (configuration BPDU) to the root bridge (SW1), which signifies to the root bridge that synchronization is occurring on that switch.
– The inferior switch (SW2) moves its RP (Gi1/0/1) to a forwarding state. The superior switch moves its DP (Gi1/0/2) to a forwarding state too.
– The inferior switch (SW2) repeats the process for any downstream switches connected to it.

RSTP Convergence

The RSTP convergence process can occur quickly. RSTP ages out the port information after it has not received hellos in three consecutive cycles. Using default timers, the Max Age would take 20 seconds, but RSTP requires only 6 seconds. And thanks to the new synchronization, ports can transition from discarding to forwarding in an extremely low amount of time.

If a downstream switch fails to acknowledge the proposal, the RSTP switch must default to 802.1D behaviors to prevent a forwarding loop.

STP Topology Tuning

A properly designed network places the root bridge on a specific switch and influences which ports should be designated ports (forwarding state) and which ports should be alternate ports (that is, discarding state) based on hardware platform and topology.

Ideally, the root bridge is placed on a core switch, and a “secondary” root bridge is designated.
Root bridge placement is accomplished by “lowering” the system priority on the root bridge to the lowest value possible,
raising the secondary root bridge to a value slightly higher than that of the root bridge,
and (ideally) increasing the system priority on all other switches unless you plan to keep switches on default priority.
By increasing non root switch priority and lowering switch priority for root and secondary root switches, it is made sure that when a new non-configured switch is connected to topology, it does not take over as root.
The priority is set with either of the following commands:

spanning-tree vlan vlan-id priority priority: The priority is a value between 0 and 61,440, in increments of 4096.

spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root {primary | secondary} [diameter diameter]: This command executes a script that sets the priority numerically, along with the potential for timers if the diameter keyword is used. The primary keyword sets the priority to 24,576, and the secondary keyword sets the priority to 28,672.

If a different switch has a priority of 24,576 (or lower) and is more preferred when the command spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root {primary | secondary} is executed, the script has logic to lower the priority to a lower value in an attempt to make it the root bridge, this is possible because current root is in BPDU and along with that system ID or name contains system priority value and system mac address

The optional diameter command makes it possible to tune the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) convergence and modifies the timers; it should reference the maximum number of Layer 2 hops between a switch that is maximum hops away and the root bridge.
The timers do not need to be modified on other switches because they are carried throughout the topology through the root bridge’s bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) as you only configure timers in one place, you only change timers on root bridge

All the other switches automatically learn those timer values, because the root bridge advertises them inside its BPDUs, which are sent throughout the Layer 2 network. So there’s no need to manually configure timers on every switch. When other switches receive the root’s BPDUs:
– They propagate those same values further downstream
– They adopt the root’s timer values

The root bridge generates the “authoritative” BPDUs

These BPDUs include:

  • Hello time
  • Max age
  • Forward delay (used for learning state)
! Verification of SW1 Priority before modifying the priority                          
SW1# show spanning-tree vlan 1
VLAN0001
  Spanning tree enabled protocol rstp
  Root ID    Priority    32769
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               This bridge is the root
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
  Bridge ID  Priority    32769  (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
               Aging Time  300 sec
! Configuring the SW1 priority as primary root for VLAN 1
SW1(config)# spanning-tree vlan 1 root primary
! Verification of SW1 Priority after modifying the priority
SW1# show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
  Spanning tree enabled protocol rstp
  Root ID    Priority    24577 <<<
             Address     0062.ec9d.c500
             This bridge is the root
             Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID  Priority    24577  (priority 24576 sys-id-ext 1) <<<
             Address     0062.ec9d.c500
             Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
             Aging Time  300 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 4          128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 4          128.3    P2p
Gi1/0/14            Desg FWD 4          128.14   P2p
! Configuring the SW2 priority as secondary root for VLAN 1
SW2(config)# spanning-tree vlan 1 root secondary
SW2# show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
  Spanning tree enabled protocol rstp
  Root ID    Priority    24577 <<<
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Cost        4
               Port        1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1)
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID  Priority    28673  (priority 28672 sys-id-ext 1) <<<
               Address     0081.c4ff.8b00
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec
               Aging Time  300 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/1             Root FWD 4          128.1    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 4          128.3    P2p
Gi1/0/4             Desg FWD 4          128.4    P2p

The best way to prevent erroneous devices from taking over the STP root role is to set the priority to 0 for the primary root switch and to 4096 for the secondary root switch. “In addition, root guard should be used”

Modifying STP Root Port and Blocked Switch Port Locations

Cost calculation method forces how we implement cost on interface, The receiving switch adds the port cost for the interface on which the BPDU was received in conjunction with the value of the root path cost in the BPDU.

SW1 advertises its BPDUs to SW3 with a root path cost of 0.
SW3 receives the BPDU and adds its STP port cost of 4 to the root path cost in the BPDU (0), resulting in a value of 4.
SW3 then advertises the BPDU toward SW5 with a root path cost of 4, to which SW5 then adds its STP port cost of 4.
SW5 therefore reports a root path cost of 8 to reach the root bridge via SW3.

SW1# show spanning-tree vlan 1
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
VLAN0001

  Root ID    Priority    32769
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               This bridge is the root
..                                                                                   
Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 4         128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 4         128.3    P2p
SW3# show spanning-tree vlan 1
! Output omitted for brevity                                                          
VLAN0001
  Root ID    Priority    32769
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Cost        4                                                           
               Port        1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1)
..                                                                                     
Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/1             Root FWD 4          128.1    P2p
Gi1/0/2             Altn BLK 4          128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/5             Desg FWD 4          128.5    P2p
SW5# show spanning-tree vlan 1
! Output omitted for brevity                                                           
VLAN0001
  Root ID    Priority    32769
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Cost        8                                                           
               Port        3 (GigabitEthernet1/0/3)                                    
..
Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/3             Root FWD 4          128.3    P2p
Gi1/0/4             Altn BLK 4          128.4    P2p
Gi1/0/5             Altn BLK 4          128.5    P2p

You can lower a path that is currently an alternate port while making it designated,
or you can raise the cost on a port that is designated to turn it into a blocking port
The spanning-tree command modifies the cost for all VLANs unless the optional vlan keyword is used to specify a VLAN

SW3# conf t
SW3(config)# interface gi1/0/1
SW3(config-if)# spanning-tree cost 1
SW3# show spanning-tree vlan 1
! Output omitted for brevity                                                          
VLAN0001
  Root ID    Priority    32769
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Cost        1                                                           
               Port        1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1)

  Bridge ID  Priority    32769  (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
               Address     189c.5d11.9980
..                                                                                     
Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/1             Root FWD 1          128.1    P2p
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 4          128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/5             Desg FWD 4          128.5    P2p
SW2# show spanning-tree vlan 1
! Output omitted for brevity                                                           
VLAN0001
  Root ID    Priority    32769
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Cost        4                                                           
               Port        1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/1)
  Bridge ID  Priority    32769  (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
               Address     0081.c4ff.8b00
..                                                                                     
Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/1             Root FWD 4          128.1    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Altn BLK 4          128.3    P2p
Gi1/0/4             Desg FWD 4          128.4    P2p

Modifying STP Port Priority

STP port priority impacts which port is an alternate port when multiple links are used between same switches. Remember that system ID and port cost are the same, so the next check is port priority, followed by the port number. “Both the port priority and port number are controlled by the upstream switch”, because it is closer to the root bridge.

You can modify the port priority on SW4’s Gi1/0/6 (toward SW5’s Gi1/0/5 interface) with the command spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority priority. The optional vlan keyword allows you to change the priority on a VLAN-by-VLAN basis

SW4# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
SW4(config)# interface gi1/0/6
SW4(config-if)# spanning-tree port-priority 64

Additional STP Protection Mechanisms

The following scenarios are common for Layer 2 forwarding loops:

  • STP disabled on a switch
  • A misconfigured load balancer that transmits traffic out multiple ports with the same MAC address
  • A misconfigured virtual switch that bridges two physical ports (Virtual switches typically do not participate in STP.)
  • End users using a dumb network switch or hub

Catalyst switches detect a MAC address that is flapping between interfaces and notify via syslog with the MAC address of the host, VLAN, where MAC is flapping

12:40:30.044: %SW_MATM-4-MACFLAP_NOTIF: Host 70df.2f22.b8c7 in vlan 1 is flapping
 between port Gi1/0/3 and port Gi1/0/2

Root Guard

Root Guard prevents a configured port from becoming a “root port”
it “is configured on designated port” facing switches that should never become root
Root guard prevents a downstream switch (often misconfigured or rogue) from becoming a root bridge in a topology
Root guard places a port in a root inconsistent state for interfaces or vlan that receives a “superior BPDU” when root guard is configured
Interfaces in root inconsistent state cannot forward traffic out of this port,
root guard does not block port permanently but it only blocks when superior BPDU are received

“I received a superior BPDU on this port, but I’m not allowed to accept it as the root path.”
Prevents an unauthorized or misconfigured switch from becoming the root bridge

How it recovers

Once the superior BPDU stops, the port:
– Automatically leaves root inconsistent
– Returns to normal forwarding (no manual reset needed)

! configure on designated port that is facing "down stream"
spanning-tree guard root

root guard should be configured on SW2’s Gi1/0/4 port toward SW4
root guard should be configured on SW3’s Gi1/0/5 port toward SW5
this configuration prevents SW4 and SW5 from becoming root
but still allows SW2 to maintain connectivity to SW1 via SW3 if link between SW2 and SW1 goes down
but if link between SW2 and SW3 also goes down then it will not work even if alternate path via SW4 exists, it will not work

Root Guard protects you from an “unexpected root” on that port, but the trade-off is that it can also kill an otherwise-valid backup path.

STP Portfast

Portfast as name suggests brings port up faster by skipping learning (listening also if not RSTP)
Portfast also stops generation of TCN when port goes down
Portfast is configured on host , access ports only
Portfast allows traffic forwarding immediately, this is useful for DHCP and PXE boot ports

If BPDU is received on portfast enabled port then portfast “functionality” is removed from port and it progressed through learning (and listening if not RSTP) states

! portfast on interface
interface gig 1/0/1
spanning-tree portfast

! enable globally
spanning-tree portfast default

If portfast needs to be disabled on a specific port when portfast is enabled globally, you can configure interface

spanning-tree portfast disable

This removes portfast from the port

Sometimes you will see portfast enabled on a trunk port but this should only be the case when a “single” port is connected to a server

spanning-tree portfast trunk

enabling portfast on an interface changes port to RSTP port type to “Edge port – P2p Edge”

SW1(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/13
SW1(config-if)# switchport mode access
SW1(config-if)# switchport access vlan 10
SW1(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast
SW1# show spanning-tree vlan 10
! Output omitted for brevity                                                          
VLAN0010
Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 4          128.2     P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 4          128.3     P2p
Gi1/0/13            Desg FWD 4          128.13    P2p Edge
SW1# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/13 detail
 Port 13 (GigabitEthernet1/0/13) of VLAN0010 is designated forwarding
 Port path cost 4, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.13.
 Designated root has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
 Designated bridge has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
 Designated port id is 128.13, designated path cost 0
 Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
 Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
 The port is in the portfast mode         <<<                                               
 Link type is point-to-point by default
 BPDU: sent 23103, received 0
SW2# conf t
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
SW2(config)# spanning-tree portfast default
%Warning: this command enables portfast by default on all interfaces. You
 should now disable portfast explicitly on switched ports leading to hubs,
 switches and bridges as they may create temporary bridging loops.
SW2(config)# interface gi1/0/8
SW2(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast disable

BPDU Guard

Remember that Guard is placed outside to stop things coming in, not going out
so remember that BPDU Guard is always to stop from receiving or entering of BPDU

BPDU guard is a safety mechanism that places ports configured with STP portfast into an ErrDisabled state upon receipt of a BPDU
Err-disabled port is “disabled” or in shutdown like state

This ensures that loop cannot be accidentally created if a switch is connected because just configuring portfast is not enough, switche removes portfast functionality from port as BPDU is received on port even though it shows in configuration, you have to look at the show spanning-tree interface detail command to see it

BPDU guard is typically configured with all host-facing ports that are enabled with portfast.

! BPDU guard is enabled globally on all STP portfast ports
spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default

! but can be disabled on specific port if enabled globally 
spanning-tree bpduguard disable

! enabling on a single port 
spanning-tree bpduguard enable
SW1# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
SW1(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
SW1(config)# interface gi1/0/8
SW1(config-if)# spanning-tree bpduguard disable
SW1# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/7 detail
 Port 7 (GigabitEthernet1/0/7) of VLAN0010 is designated forwarding
   Port path cost 4, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.7.
   Designated root has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated bridge has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated port id is 128.7, designated path cost 0
   Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
   Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
   The port is in the portfast mode
   Link type is point-to-point by default
   Bpdu guard is enabled by default   <<<                                                       
   BPDU: sent 23386, received 0
SW1# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/8 detail
   Port 8 (GigabitEthernet1/0/8) of VLAN0010 is designated forwarding
   Port path cost 4, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.8.
   Designated root has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated bridge has priority 32778, address 0062.ec9d.c500
   Designated port id is 128.8, designated path cost 0
   Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
   Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
   The port is in the portfast mode by default
   Link type is point-to-point by default
   BPDU: sent 23388, received 0

syslog messages are generated when a BPDU is received on a BPDU guard–enabled port. The port is then placed into an ErrDisabled state, as shown with the command show interfaces status

12:47:02.069: %SPANTREE-2-BLOCK_BPDUGUARD: Received BPDU on port GigabitEthernet1/0/2 with BPDU Guard enabled. Disabling port.
12:47:02.076: %PM-4-ERR_DISABLE: bpduguard error detected on Gi1/0/2, putting Gi1/0/2 in err-disable state
12:47:03.079: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/2, changed state to down
12:47:04.082: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/2, changed state to down
SW1# show interfaces status
Port      Name            Status        Vlan    Duplex  Speed  Type
Gi1/0/1                   notconnect    1       auto    auto   10/100/1000BaseTX
Gi1/0/2   SW2 Gi1/0/1     err-disabled  1       auto    auto   10/100/1000BaseTX <<<
Gi1/0/3   SW3 Gi1/0/1     connected     trunk   a-full  a-1000 10/100/1000BaseTX

By default, ports that are put in the ErrDisabled state because of BPDU guard do not automatically restore themselves, reason is for administrators to be notified of a switch connecting to an access port that is only meant to connect hosts

But Error Recovery service can be used to reactivate ports that are shut down for a specific problem reducing manual work using command errdisable recovery cause bpduguard and interval can be configured using errdisable recovery interval time-seconds , this time controls how long a port stays in err state before it is shut and unshut to bring it up by switch itself

SW1# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
SW1(config)# errdisable recovery cause bpduguard
SW1# show errdisable recovery
! Output omitted for brevity                                                          
ErrDisable Reason            Timer Status
-----------------            --------------
arp-inspection               Disabled
bpduguard                     Enabled
..                                                                                     
Recovery command: "clear     Disabled

Timer interval: 300 seconds

Interfaces that will be enabled at the next timeout:

Interface       Errdisable reason       Time left(sec)
---------       -----------------       --------------
Gi1/0/2                bpduguard          295
! Syslog output from BPDU recovery. The port will be recovered, and then                  
! triggered again because the port is still receiving BPDUs.
SW1#
01:02:08.122: %PM-4-ERR_RECOVER: Attempting to recover from bpduguard err-disable
    state on Gi1/0/2                                                                      
01:02:10.699: %SPANTREE-2-BLOCK_BPDUGUARD: Received BPDU on port Gigabit
    Ethernet1/0/2 with BPDU Guard enabled. Disabling port.
01:02:10.699: %PM-4-ERR_DISABLE: bpduguard error detected on Gi1/0/2, putting
    Gi1/0/2 in err-disable state

Error Recovery service operates every 300 seconds (5 minutes). This can be changed to a value of 30 to 86,400 seconds with the global configuration command errdisable recovery interval time.

BPDU Filter

BPDU Filter is something that stops sending and receiving of BPDUs

BPDU filter blocks BPDUs from being transmitted out a port.
BPDU filter means Don’t participate in STP on this port.
BPDU filter can be enabled globally or on a specific interface.
The global BPDU filter configuration uses the command spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default. 
The interface-specific BPDU filter is enabled with the interface configuration command spanning-tree bpdufilter enable.

If BPDU filter is enabled on a portfast enabled port, the behavior changes depending on the configuration:

  • If BPDU filter is enabled globally using command
    spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
    • Cisco does not blindly stop sending BPDUs forever on all interfaces Instead, it does a “safety probe.” , The port initially sends ~10–12 BPDUs to ask “Is there another switch out there?”
    • If no BPDU is received back
    • The port assumes it’s an end device
    • BPDU filtering kicks in
    • STP is effectively disabled on that port
    • —————————————
    • If a BPDU is received
    • switch thinks there is another switch connected
    • STP logic turns back on for that port
    • Now because there is a switch connected and a BPDU is received
    • Switch must decide which switch is superior:
    • to decide which port will be designated and which port will be blocking on that segment

Global BPDU filter is “safe-ish”:

  • It allows PortFast convenience
  • But auto-recovers STP if a switch is accidentally plugged in

Enabling interface level BPDU filter is dangerous unless you know the topology and you know what you are doing
interface gi1/0/1
spanning-tree bpdufilter enable

– No safety check
– No listening
– STP is completely disabled, no sending of BPDUs and no receiving of BPDUs
– Easy way to create a loop

Be careful with the deployment of BPDU filter because it could cause problems. Most network designs do not require BPDU filter, which adds an unnecessary level of complexity and also introduces risk.

after BPDU filter is enabled on the Gi1/0/2 interface prohibiting any BPDUs from being sent or received

! SW1 was enabled with BPDU filter only on port Gi1/0/2                           
SW1# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/2 detail | in BPDU|Bpdu|Ethernet
 Port 2 (GigabitEthernet1/0/2) of VLAN0001 is designated forwarding
    Bpdu filter is enabled                                                        
    BPDU: sent 113, received 84 <<<
SW1# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/2 detail | in BPDU|Bpdu|Ethernet
 Port 2 (GigabitEthernet1/0/2) of VLAN0001 is designated forwarding
    Bpdu filter is enabled                                                        
 BPDU: sent 113, received 84   <<< same
!   SW2 was enabled with BPDU filter globally
SW2# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/2 detail | in BPDU|Bpdu|Ethernet
 Port 1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/2) of VLAN0001 is designated forwarding
   BPDU: sent 56, received 5
SW2# show spanning-tree interface gi1/0/2 detail | in BPDU|Bpdu|Ethernet
 Port 1 (GigabitEthernet1/0/2) of VLAN0001 is designated forwarding
   BPDU: sent 58, received 5  <<< probes sent

Problems with Unidirectional Links

Fiber-optic cables consist of strands of glass/plastic with one strand that transmits and one strand that receives and order is opposite on remote side. Networks that rely on fibre optics can sometimes encounter unidirectional traffic if one strand breaks so it feels like one site is sending and other site is receiving but there is no return traffic

If tx is bad and rx is good, interface will show as up but BPDUs are not able to be transmitted, and the downstream switch eventually times out the existing root port and identifies a different port as the root port. Traffic is then received on the new root port of remote switch and also forwarded out of the working tx strand that is still working of the former root port of remote switch, thereby creating a forwarding loop

A couple solutions can resolve this scenario:

  • STP loop guard
  • Unidirectional Link Detection

STP Loop Guard

STP loop guard prevents any “alternative” (candidate root) or “root ports” from becoming designated ports. Loop guard places the original port in a “loop inconsistent” state while BPDUs are not being received on remote switch on root or alternate ports. When BPDU transmission starts again on that interface, the port recovers and begins to transition through the STP states again.

Loop guard is enabled globally by using the command spanning-tree loopguard default, or it can be enabled on an interface basis with the interface command spanning-tree guard loop. It is important to note that loop guard should not be enabled on portfast-enabled ports (because it directly conflicts with the root/alternate port logic).

SW2# config t
SW2(config)# interface gi1/0/1
SW2(config-if)# spanning-tree guard loop
! Placing BPDU filter on SW2’s RP (Gi1/0/1) triggers loop guard.               
SW2(config-if)# interface gi1/0/1
SW2(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdufilter enable
01:42:35.051: %SPANTREE-2-LOOPGUARD_BLOCK: Loop guard blocking port Gigabit
    Ethernet1/0/1 on VLAN0001
SW2# show spanning-tree vlan 1 | b Interface
Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------
Gi1/0/1             Root BKN*4         128.1    P2p *LOOP_Inc
Gi1/0/3             Root FWD 4         128.3    P2p
Gi1/0/4             Desg FWD 4         128.4    P2p

Ports in an inconsistent state and does not forward any traffic.

Inconsistent ports are viewed with the command show spanning-tree inconsistentports

SW2# show spanning-tree inconsistentports

Name                    Interface                Inconsistency
-------------------- ------------------------ ------------------
VLAN0001             GigabitEthernet1/0/1     Loop Inconsistent
VLAN0010             GigabitEthernet1/0/1     Loop Inconsistent
VLAN0020             GigabitEthernet1/0/1     Loop Inconsistent
VLAN0099             GigabitEthernet1/0/1     Loop Inconsistent

Number of inconsistent ports (segments) in the system : 4

Unidirectional Link Detection

Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) allows for the bidirectional monitoring of fiber-optic cables.

UDLD operates by transmitting UDLD packets to a neighbor device that includes the system ID and port ID of the interface transmitting the UDLD packet. The receiving device then repeats that information, including its system ID and port ID, back to the originating device. The process continues indefinitely.

UDLD must be enabled on the remote switch as well. After it is configured, the status of UDLD neighborship can be verified with the command show udld neighbors, neighbor information because like CDP system ID is exchanged. You can view more detailed information with the command show udld interface-id.

UDLD operates in two different modes:

  • Normal: In normal mode, if a frame is not acknowledged, the link is considered undetermined and the port remains active – almost useless
  • Aggressive: In aggressive mode, when a frame is not acknowledged, the switch sends another eight packets in 1-second intervals. If those packets are not acknowledged, the port is placed into an error state.

UDLD is enabled globally with the command udld enable [aggressive].
This command enables UDLD on any small form-factor pluggable (SFP)–based port.
UDLD can be disabled on a specific SFP port with the interface configuration command udld port disable.
UDLD recovery can be enabled with the command udld recovery [interval time], where the optional interval keyword allows for the timer to be modified from the default value of 5 minutes.
UDLD can be enabled on a port-by-port basis with the interface configuration command udld port [aggressive], where the optional aggressive keyword places the ports in UDLD aggressive mode.

SW1# conf t
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
SW1(config)# udld enable
SW1# show udld neighbors
Port     Device Name   Device ID     Port ID    Neighbor State
----     -----------   ---------     -------    --------------
Te1/1/3  081C4FF8B0      1            Te1/1/3    Bidirectional <<<
SW1# show udld Te1/1/3

Interface Te1/1/3
---
Port enable administrative configuration setting: Follows device default
Port enable operational state: Enabled
Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional
Current operational state: Advertisement - Single neighbor detected
Message interval: 15000 ms
Time out interval: 5000 ms

Port fast-hello configuration setting: Disabled
Port fast-hello interval: 0 ms
Port fast-hello operational state: Disabled
Neighbor fast-hello configuration setting: Disabled
Neighbor fast-hello interval: Unknown

    Entry 1
    ---
    Expiration time: 41300 ms
    Cache Device index: 1
    Current neighbor state: Bidirectional
    Device ID: 081C4FF8B0
    Port ID: Te1/1/3
    Neighbor echo 1 device: 062EC9DC50
    Neighbor echo 1 port: Te1/1/3

    TLV Message interval: 15 sec
    No TLV fast-hello interval
    TLV Time out interval: 5
    TLV CDP Device name: SW2

MST

MST

In moden networks usually there is less reliance on Layer 2 / spanning tree, and there is no need for load balancing of VLANs, modern networks either use port-channels or Layer 3 networking down to access layer, MST is used to fulfil the requirement of stopping loops in case something is connected by mistake

4 different VLANs , 4 different topologies and 4 different STP instances
If number of vlans increase to 10 then switch CPU will need to maintain 10 different STP instances and 10 different topologies

Not only that, switch must listen for BPDUs of every VLAN and topology changes can cause TCN and config BPDU with topology change flag

MST provides a blended approach by mapping one or multiple VLANs onto a single STP tree, called an MST instance (MSTI).

VLANs 1 and 2 correlate to one MSTI, VLAN 3 to a second MSTI, and VLAN 4 to a third MSTI.

A grouping of MST switches with the same high-level configuration is known as an MST region.
MST region appear as a single virtual switch to external switches as part of a compatibility mechanism

How MST topology is perceived outside of MST region
Everything inside the MST region looks like one virtual switch to the outside world

Above we can see that SW3 is blocking port to Root, which is not normal, if it was normal STP, it would become root port and not discarding, and instead it blocking port would be on SW2 – SW3 segment

For switches inside the MST region calculate STP internally
For outside switches they pretend to be a single switch

MST Instances (MSTIs)

MST uses a special STP instance called the internal spanning tree (IST), which is always the first instance, instance 0. The IST runs on all switch port interfaces for switches in the MST region, regardless of the VLANs associated with the ports.
Additional information about other MSTIs is included (nested) in the IST BPDU that is transmitted throughout the MST region. That single IST BPDU carries information for all MSTIs running

This enables the MST to advertise only one set of BPDUs, minimizing STP traffic regardless of the number of instances while providing the necessary information to calculate the STP for other MSTIs.

The number of MST instances varies by platform, but platform should support at least 16 instances allowing 15 different topologies, The IST is always instance 0, so instances 1 to 15 can support other VLANs

There is not a special name for instances 1 to 15; they are simply known as MSTIs.

MST Configuration

SW1(config)# spanning-tree mode mst
! change mode to MST

SW1(config)# spanning-tree mst 0 root primary
! The primary keyword sets the priority to 24,576, and 
! the secondary keyword sets the priority to 28,672

SW1(config)# spanning-tree mst 1 root primary
SW1(config)# spanning-tree mst 2 root primary
! or set the system priority manually instead of root 
! primary or root secondary keywords
! spanning-tree mst 2 priority 16384

SW1(config)# spanning-tree mst configuration 
! enter MST configuration submode

SW1(config-mst)# name ENTERPRISE_CORE
! define MST region name, it must match on all switches
! in the region

SW1(config-mst)# revision 2
! this MST version number must match on all switches 
! in an MST Region, By default, a region name is an empty 
! string

! Associate vlans to MST instances, by default all vlans 
! are associated to MST 0 instance, for varying topologies
! assign vlans to different instances 
SW1(config-mst)# instance 1 vlan 10,20
SW1(config-mst)# instance 2 vlan 99

The command show spanning-tree mst configuration provides a quick verification of the MST configuration on a switch

Notice that MST instance 0 contains all the VLANs except for VLANs 10, 20, and 99, regardless of whether those VLANs are configured on the switch

MST instance 1 contains VLAN 10 and 20, and MST instance 2 contains only VLAN 99.

SW2# show spanning-tree mst configuration
Name      [ENTERPRISE_CORE]
Revision  2     Instances configured 3

Instance  Vlans mapped
--------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
0         1-9,11-19,21-98,100-4094
1         10,20
2         99

MST Verification

The relevant spanning tree information can be obtained with the command show spanning-tree. However, the VLAN numbers are not shown and the MST instance is provided instead.
In addition, the priority value for a switch is the MST instance plus the switch priority (not the vlan number + switch priority)

SW1# show spanning-tree
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
! Spanning Tree information for Instance 0 (All VLANs but 10,20, and 99)            
MST0
  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp
  Root ID    Priority    24576                                                      
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               This bridge is the root
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID  Priority    24576  (priority 24576 sys-id-ext 0)
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 20000     128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 20000     128.3    P2p

! Spanning Tree information for Instance 1 (VLANs 10 and 20)                        
MST1
  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp
  Root ID Priority 24577                                                            
            Address     0062.ec9d.c500
            This bridge is the root
            Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID  Priority    24577  (priority 24576 sys-id-ext 1)
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 20000      128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 20000      128.3    P2p
! Spanning Tree information for Instance 2 (VLAN 99)  >>> instead of 24576 + 99                       
MST2                                                  >>> it is 24576 + 2
  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp
  Root ID    Priority    24578                                                      
              Address     0062.ec9d.c500
              This bridge is the root
              Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID  Priority    24578  (priority 24576 sys-id-ext 2)
               Address     0062.ec9d.c500
               Hello Time   2 sec  Max Age 20 sec  Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface           Role Sts Cost       Prio.Nbr Type
------------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi1/0/2             Desg FWD 20000      128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3             Desg FWD 20000      128.3    P2p

A consolidated view of the MST topology table is displayed with the command show spanning-tree mst [instance-number].
The optional instance-number can be included to restrict the output to a specific instance.

SW1# show spanning-tree mst
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
##### MST0    vlans mapped:   1-9,11-19,21-98,100-4094                              
Bridge         address 0062.ec9d.c500  priority      0     (24576 sysid 0)
Root           this switch for the CIST
Operational   hello time 2 , forward delay 15, max age 20, txholdcount 6
Configured    hello time 2 , forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops    20

Interface                        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
----------------                 ---- --- --------- -------- ------------------------
Gi1/0/2                          Desg FWD 20000     128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3                          Desg FWD 20000     128.3    P2p
##### MST1    vlans mapped:   10,20                                                   
Bridge         address 0062.ec9d.c500  priority      24577 (24576 sysid 1)
Root            this switch for MST1

Interface                        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
----------------                 ---- --- --------- -------- ------------------------
Gi1/0/2                          Desg FWD 20000     128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/3                          Desg FWD 20000     128.3    P2p

##### MST2    vlans mapped:   99                                                      
Bridge         address 0062.ec9d.c500  priority      24578 (24576 sysid 2)
Root           this switch for MST2

Interface                        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
----------------                 ---- --- --------- -------- ------------------------
Gi1/0/2                          Desg FWD 20000     128.2     P2p
Gi1/0/3                          Desg FWD 20000     128.3     P2p
SW2# show spanning-tree mst interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1

GigabitEthernet1/0/1 of MST0 is root forwarding
Edge port: no               (default)        port guard : none        (default)
Link type: point-to-point (auto)           bpdu filter: disable     (default)
Boundary : internal                           bpdu guard : disable     (default)
Bpdus sent 17, received 217

Instance Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Vlans mapped
-------- ---- --- --------- -------- -------------------------------
0        Root FWD 20000      128.1    1-9,11-19,21-98,100-4094
1        Root FWD 20000      128.1    10,20
2        Root FWD 20000      128.1    99

MST Tuning

MST supports the port cost and port priority
The interface configuration command spanning-tree mst instance-number cost cost sets the interface cost

SW3# show spanning-tree mst 0
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
Interface                        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
----------------                 ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------
Gi1/0/1                          Root FWD 20000      128.1    P2p
Gi1/0/2                          Altn BLK 20000      128.2    P2p
Gi1/0/5                          Desg FWD 20000      128.5    P2p
SW3# configure term
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
SW3(config)# interface gi1/0/1
SW3(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 0 cost 1
SW3# show spanning-tree mst 0
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
Interface                        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
----------------                 ---- --- --------- -------- ---------------------
Gi1/0/1                          Root FWD 1         128.1     P2p
Gi1/0/2                          Desg FWD 20000     128.2     P2p
Gi1/0/5                          Desg FWD 20000     128.5     P2p

The interface configuration command spanning-tree mst instance-number port-priority priority sets the interface priority.

SW4# show spanning-tree mst 0
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
##### MST0    vlans mapped:   1-9,11-19,21-98,100-4094
Interface                        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
----------------                 ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------
Gi1/0/2                          Root FWD 20000     128.2     P2p
Gi1/0/5                          Desg FWD 20000     128.5     P2p
Gi1/0/6                          Desg FWD 20000     128.6     P2p
SW4# configure term
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
SW4(config)# interface gi1/0/5
SW4(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 0 port-priority 64
SW4# show spanning-tree mst 0
! Output omitted for brevity                                                        
##### MST0 vlans mapped: 1-9,11-19,21-98,100-4094
Interface                        Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type
----------------                 ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------
Gi1/0/2                          Root FWD 20000     128.2     P2p
Gi1/0/5                          Desg FWD 20000      64.5     P2p                   
Gi1/0/6                          Desg FWD 20000     128.6     P2p

Common MST Misconfigurations

Network engineers should be aware of two common misconfigurations within the MST region:

  • VLAN assignment to the IST
  • Trunk link pruning

VLAN Assignment to the IST

Remember that the IST operates across all links in the MST region, regardless of the VLAN assigned to the actual port.

SW1 and SW2 contain two network links between them allowing VLAN 10 and VLAN 20
Gi1/0/1 and Gi1/0/2 are not trunks but they are access ports with VLANs 10 and 20 assigned
VLAN 10 is assigned to the IST, and VLAN 20 is assigned to MSTI 1

Looking at above diagram it looks like that traffic from PC 1 on VLAN 10 will traverse over the Gi1/0/2 but no, traffic will actually be blocked, we need to correct this using:

– port priority
– move VLAN 10 to MSTI 1, the switches will build a topology based on the links in use by that MST
– allow vlans on all interfaces – Trunk , configure both Gi1/0/1 and Gi1/0/2 as trunks on SW1 and SW2

The IST (Instance 0) runs over all physical links inside the MST region — regardless of VLAN assignment.

IST topology is calculated
SW1 is the root bridge
All SW1 ports = Designated Ports (DPs)
SW2 must block one of its links to prevent a loop

The IST sees:

  • Two parallel physical links
  • Same cost
  • Same root

So one must block, even if:

  • One link is “for VLAN 10”
  • The other is “for VLAN 20”

To IST, they’re just two paths to same switch

Trunk Link Pruning

A network engineer made a mistake and has pruned VLANs on the trunk links between SW1 to SW2 and SW1 to SW3 to help load balance traffic.

Shortly after implementing the change, users attached to SW1 and SW3 cannot talk to the servers on SW2. The reason is that although the VLANs on the trunk links have changed, the MSTI topology has not.

You pruned VLAN 10 on one trunk but pruned VLAN 20 on a different trunk
the MST topology stays the same, but the VLAN forwarding paths no longer match it.

So rules for pruning vlans with MST are as follow:

Never prune VLANs inconsistently if they belong to the same MST instance (MSTI).
– On any given trunk link, either allow all VLANs in an MSTI, or prune all of them together.

When configuring trunk pruning in MST:

  • Think in MSTIs, not individual VLANs
  • Prune per MST instance, not per VLAN
  • If VLANs share an MSTI → they must travel together

MST Region Boundary

Externally, an MST region must look like one spanning-tree instance, This is non-negotiable — it’s how MST scales.
A PVST+ switch expects every VLAN has its own spanning tree

So a PVST+ switch sends:

  • A BPDU for VLAN 1
  • A BPDU for VLAN 10
  • A BPDU for VLAN 20
  • etc.

MST cannot accept per-VLAN information so MST must ignore VLAN-specific topology from outside. MST has to ask: If I can only believe ONE BPDU from outside, which one do I choose VLAN 1

Not because VLAN 1 is special logically, but because:

  • VLAN 1 always exists
  • VLAN 1 cannot be deleted
  • VLAN 1 is guaranteed to be present end-to-end

So VLAN 1 becomes the anchor VLAN.

The IST (Instance 0) is:

“The single spanning tree that also represents the MST region to the outside world.”

When an MST switch hears PVST+ BPDUs:

  • It hears many BPDUs (VLAN 1, 10, 20…)
  • It must pick exactly one
  • It picks VLAN 1
  • That BPDU becomes the IST’s view of the outside world

But what about the other VLANs? (your natural next question) for PVST+ > MST and MST > PVST+

for MST > PVST+ , PVST+ expects a BPDU per VLAN.

So MST does this trick:

  • Take the IST BPDU
  • Copy it
  • Send it back as:
    • “VLAN 10 BPDU”
    • “VLAN 20 BPDU”
    • etc.

This is PVST Simulation.

The PVST simulation mechanism sends out PVST+ (and also includes RPVST) BPDUs (one for each VLAN), using the information from the IST. 

for PVST+ > MST it is not needed, as long as VLAN 1’s BPDU helps in all the functions reliant on BPDU and contains

– STP type
– root path cost
– root bridge identifier
– local bridge identifier
– max age
– hello time
– forward delay

The mental model that usually makes it click

Think of MST like a company spokesperson:

  • Inside the company: many departments (MSTIs)
  • Outside the company: one voice
  • VLAN 1 is the spokesperson’s microphone

An MST region boundary is any port that connects to a switch that is in a different MST region or that connects to 802.1D or 802.1W BPDUs.

There are two design considerations when integrating an MST region with a PVST+/RPVST environment: The MST region is the root bridge, or the MST region is not a root bridge for any VLAN. These scenarios are explained in the following sections.

MST Region as the Root Bridge

Shows the IST instance as the root bridge for all VLANs. SW1 and SW2 advertise multiple superior BPDUs for each VLAN toward SW3, which is operating as a PVST+ switch. SW3 is responsible for blocking ports

Making the MST region the root bridge ensures that Blocking does not take place on MST region or virtual switch, avoiding block on MST is the goal

MST Region Not a Root Bridge for Any VLAN

In this scenario, the MST region boundary ports can only block or forward for “all VLANs” together. Remember that only the VLAN 1 PVST BPDU is used for the IST and that the IST BPDU is a one-to-many translation of IST BPDUs to all PVST BPDUs. There is not an option to load balance traffic because the IST instance must remain consistent.

If an MST switch detects a better BPDU for a specific VLAN on a boundary port, the switch will use BPDU guard to block this port. The port will then be placed into a root inconsistent state. Although this may isolate downstream switches, it is done to ensure a loop-free topology; this is called the PVST simulation check.

CCIE

Remove spotlight tips message

go to terminal

sudo bash
defaults write com.apple.Spotlight showedFTE -bool true
defaults write com.apple.Spotlight useCount -int 3
killall -HUP Spotlight

Clear /opt on all ISE nodes

When /opt fills up to 99% , application state of ISE goes into INIT state it stops processing requests

Clicking on “Delete Local Logs Now” clears up /opt

DMVPN

DMVPN

DMVPN provides full mesh broadcast network type connectivity over WAN transport by using mGRE or multipoint GRE, as a result we get sites on spokes with direct spoke to spoke to communication that is on top secured with IPSec encryption, popular because of ease of configuration and scalability

Before we get into DMVPN, we need to know GRE well

With DMVPN, spokes have to register to hub just like SIP phone registers to the SIP server

Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) Tunnels

GRE not just provides connectivity for IP but also legacy and nowadays nonrouteble protocols like DECnet, Systems Network Architecture SNA and IPX

Running protocols over VPN was a big issue due to VPN being point to point and networks had to be designed around the point to point topologies but routing protocols function well over broadcast like topologies , mGRE resolves that problem

Additional header is added when packets travel over the GRE tunnel

GRE tunnels support IPv4 or IPv6 addresses as an overlay or transport network.

GRE creates a virtual network or overlay network over a real physical underlay network

In the routing tables of participating routers R11 and R31 , 10.1.1.0/24 is behind 192.168.0.11 and 10.3.3.0/24 is behind 192.168.0.31 , The Transport side or WAN side routing table does not have 192.168.0.0/16 network range , and that is how when tunnels are up those stub networks are accessible, and if tunnels are not up then they are not accessible

interface Tunnel100
! create tunnel interface


 bandwidth 4000
 ! Virtual interfaces do not have the concept of latency 
 ! and need to have a reference bandwidth configured so that 
 ! routing protocols that use bandwidth for best-path calculation 
 ! can make intelligent decisions
 ! measured and configured in kilo bits
 ! Bandwidth is also used for quality of service (QoS) configuration 
 ! on the interface


 ip address 192.168.100.11 255.255.255.0
 ! GRE tunnel needs IP as it is just like any other interface
 ! this is overlay IP 


 ip mtu 1400
 ! reduce the mtu for tunnel interface 
 ! exact added size differs based on tunnel type and encryption used
 ! min 24 bytes to 77 bytes

 
 keepalive 5 3
 ! The default timer is 10 seconds and three retries
 ! Tunnel interfaces are GRE point-to-point (P2P) by default, 
 ! and the line protocol enters an up state when the router detects 
 ! that a route to the tunnel destination exists in the routing 
 ! table. If the tunnel destination is not in the routing table, 
 ! the tunnel interface (line protocol) enters a down state. 
 ! What if there is a problem on remote end and remote router is down
 ! By default, GRE tunnels stay “up” as long as the interface is configured
 ! and tunnel destination is in routing table 
 ! Tunnel keepalives ensure that bidirectional communication exists 
 ! between tunnel endpoints to keep the line protocol up


 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
 ! tunnel's source interface is used for encapsulation and decapsulation
 ! tunnel source also accepts IP address as well
 ! tunnel source can be physical or loopback interface


tunnel destination 172.16.31.1
! tunnel's destination is where GRE sends packets or terminates tunnel
! for mGRE this is not defined but dynamically provided 
Tunnel TypeTunnel Header Size
GRE without IPsec24 bytes
DES/3DES IPsec (transport mode)18–25 bytes
DES/3DES IPsec (tunnel mode)38–45 bytes
GRE/DMVPN + DES/3DES42–49 bytes
GRE/DMVPN + AES + SHA-162–77 bytes

GRE Sample Configuration

R11
interface Tunnel100
 bandwidth 4000
 ip address 192.168.100.11 255.255.255.0
 ip mtu 1400
 keepalive 5 3
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
tunnel destination 172.16.31.1
!
router eigrp GRE-OVERLAY
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  topology base
  exit-af-topology
  network 10.0.0.0
  network 192.168.100.0
 exit-address-family
R31
interface Tunnel100
 bandwidth 4000
 ip address 192.168.100.31 255.255.255.0
 ip mtu 1400
 keepalive 5 3
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
 tunnel destination 172.16.11.1
!
router eigrp GRE-OVERLAY
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  topology base
  exit-af-topology
  network 10.0.0.0
  network 192.168.100.0
 exit-address-family
R11# show interface tunnel 100
! Output omitted for brevity
Tunnel100 is up, line protocol is up
  Hardware is Tunnel
  Internet address is 192.168.100.1/24
  MTU 17916 bytes, BW 400 Kbit/sec, DLY 50000 usec,
    reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
 Encapsulation TUNNEL, loopback not set
 Keepalive set (5 sec), retries 3
 Tunnel source 172.16.11.1 (GigabitEthernet0/1), destination 172.16.31.1
 Tunnel Subblocks:
    src-track:
       Tunnel100 source tracking subblock associated with GigabitEthernet0/1
      Set of tunnels with source GigabitEthernet0/1, 1 member (includes
      iterators), on interface <OK>
 Tunnel protocol/transport GRE/IP
    Key disabled, sequencing disabled
    Checksumming of packets disabled
 Tunnel TTL 255, Fast tunneling enabled
 Tunnel transport MTU 1476 bytes
 Tunnel transmit bandwidth 8000 (kbps)
 Tunnel receive bandwidth 8000 (kbps)
 Last input 00:00:02, output 00:00:02, output hang never
R11# show ip route
! Output omitted for brevity
Codes: L - local,   C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP
       D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area

Gateway of last resort is not set
    10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks
C     10.1.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/2
D     10.3.3.0/24 [90/38912000] via 192.168.100.31, 00:03:35, Tunnel100 <<<
    172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks
C     172.16.11.0/30 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
R     172.16.31.0/30 [120/1] via 172.16.11.2, 00:00:03, GigabitEthernet0/1
    192.168.100.0/24 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C     192.168.100.0/24 is directly connected, Tunnel100 <<<

Verifying that 10.3.3.3 network is reachable via Tunnel 100 (192.168.100.0/24)

R11# traceroute 10.3.3.3 source 10.1.1.1
Tracing the route to 10.3.3.3
  1 192.168.100.31 1 msec * 0 msec

Notice that from R11’s perspective, the network is only one hop away. The traceroute does not display all the hops in the underlay

In the same fashion, the packet’s time to live (TTL) is encapsulated as part of the payload. The original TTL decreases by only one for the GRE tunnel, regardless of the number of hops in the transport network.

Route recursion issue in GRE

Route recursion happens when a router tries to resolve the underlay next hop of a GRE tunnel destination using the tunnel itself, creating a logical loop, in order to prevent this we need to “not advertise” the underlay networks through GRE peering.

This scenario can occur when routing protocol is turned on all interfaces without care (regardless of passive default command)
This includes GRE tunnel destination’s subnet in the routing protocol

That route must be reachable via a physical interface
If the route to the tunnel destination disappears → GRE goes down

Sequence of events to failure

Step 1: Normal Operation

  • Tunnel destination is reachable via the physical interface
  • GRE tunnel comes UP
  • IGP advertises routes over the tunnel

Step 2: IGP Learns a “Better” Route

  • IGP learns the tunnel destination IP via the GRE tunnel
  • This route has:
    • Lower metric
    • Or preferred administrative distance

Step 3: Recursive Dependency

  • Router now thinks: “To reach the GRE destination, use the tunnel”
  • But the tunnel itself requires reachability to that destination

Tunnel depends on itself

What Happens Next?

  • GRE tunnel goes DOWN
  • IGP adjacency over tunnel goes DOWN
  • Physical-path route reappears
  • Tunnel comes UP
  • Loop repeats

Result:

  • Tunnel flapping
  • IGP instability
  • High CPU
  • Intermittent packet loss

Next Hop Resolution Protocol (NHRP)

NHC refers to DMVPN Spoke
NHS refers to DMVPN Hub

NHRP is just like ARP but for non-broadcast multi-access (NBMA) WAN networks such as Frame Relay and ATM networks

NHRP is a client/server protocol that allows devices to register themselves. NHRP next-hop servers (NHSs) are responsible for registering addresses or networks, and replying to any queries received by next-hop clients (NHCs).

NHC can reach NHS and ask for of underlay and overlay IP for a specific “network”

NHCs are statically configured with the IP addresses of the hubs (NHSs) so that they can register their overlay (tunnel IP) and NBMA (underlay) IP addresses with the hubs

NHRP Message Types

Message TypeDescription
RegistrationRegistration NHRP messages are sent by the NHC (spoke) toward the NHS (hub). The NHC (spoke) also specifies the amount of time that the registration should be maintained by the NHS (hub)
ResolutionResolution NHRP messages provide the address resolution to remote spoke. Resolution reply provides underlay and overlay IP address for a remote network.
RedirectThis allows Hub to notify the spoke that a specific network can be reached by using a more optimal path (spoke-to-spoke tunnel). Redirect NHRP messages are essential component of DMVPN Phase 3 spoke to spoke to work.
PurgePurge NHRP messages are sent to remove a cached NHRP entry. Purge messages notify routers of change. A purge is typically sent by a Hub to spoke to indicate that the mapping for an address/network that it answered is not valid anymore
ErrorError messages are used to notify the sender of an NHRP packet that an error has occurred.

Dynamic Multipoint VPN (DMVPN)

Zero-touch provisioning: 
It is considered a zero-touch technology because no configuration is needed on the DMVPN hub routers as new spokes are added to the DMVPN network

Spoke-to-spoke tunnels: 
DMVPN provides full-mesh connectivity.
Dynamic spoke-to-spoke tunnels are created as needed and torn down when no longer needed.
There is no packet loss while building dynamic on-demand spoke-to-spoke tunnels “after the initial spoke-to-hub tunnels are established”.

Multiprotocol support: DMVPN can use IPv4, IPv6, and MPLS as either the overlay or underlay network protocol.

Multicast support: DMVPN allows multicast traffic to flow on the tunnel interfaces.

Adaptable connectivity: 
DMVPN routers can establish connectivity behind Network Address Translation (NAT).
Spoke routers can use dynamic IP addressing such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).

A spoke site initiates a persistent VPN connection to the hub router.
Network traffic between spoke sites does not have to travel through the hubs.
DMVPN then dynamically builds a VPN tunnel between spoke sites on an as-needed basis. This allows network traffic, such as voice over IP (VoIP), to take a direct path, which reduces delay and jitter without consuming bandwidth at the hub site.

DMVPN was released in three phases, each phase built on the previous one with additional functions. DMVPN spokes can use DHCP or static addressing for the transport and overlay networks.

Next-hop preservation

interface Tunnel0
 ip summary-address eigrp 100 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0

Summarization is used on hub router in DMVPN design to reduce the routing table size in hub because a lot of sites report / advertise a lot of subnets per site and can increase the size of routing table on hub

but problem occurs when summary is configured, next hop is changed to summarising router which is normal in any summarization and in DMVPN and instead of spoke to spoke communication it becomes spoke to hub to spoke communication

NHRP shortcut

A dynamically created, “more-specific” route pushed by hub (phase 3) installed by NHRP that changes the next hop from the hub to the destination spoke, allowing direct spoke-to-spoke forwarding.

That creates a shortcut tunnel between spokes

NHRP Shortcuts are
Dynamic → created on demand
More specific → overrides a summary route
Installed in the routing table → not just a cache
Changes the next hop → from hub → spoke
Enables direct tunnels → spoke-to-spoke

hence Phase 2 + summarisation = hub-and-spoke forwarding only

Phase 1: Spoke-to-Hub

DMVPN Phase 1, the first DMVPN implementation
VPN tunnels are created only between spoke and hub sites.
Traffic between spokes must traverse the hub to reach any other spoke.

Phase 2: Spoke-to-Spoke

DMVPN Phase 2 allows spoke-to-spoke
but DMVPN Phase 2 does not support spoke-to-spoke communication between different DMVPN networks (multilevel hierarchical DMVPN).

DMVPN spoke to spoke communication breaks when hub summarizes routes because Spokes do not know which spoke owns which subnet and cannot build NHRP shortcut and traffic must go via spoke → hub → spoke
Spoke-to-spoke still technically exists, but is never used

Same thing happens in hierarchical DMVPN because regional hubs summarize routes upward and global hub only sees big summary routes so even if local region’s hub is not using summarization, remote region’s routes are summarized so spoke to spoke (in different region) communication in DMVPN Phase 2 breaks

Phase 3 fixes exactly this problem.

Phase 3: Hierarchical Tree Spoke-to-Spoke

DMVPN Phase 3 fixes above problem and refines spoke-to-spoke connectivity by adding below NHRP messages by adding two NHRP messages:

1. Redirect message
2. Shortcut message

Step-by-step Phase 3 traffic flow

Spoke A sends traffic to Spoke B

Routing table says:
10.1.2.0/24 → HUB (summary route)

Actual Data Packet reaches the hub

Hub sees:

  • “This traffic should go spoke-to-spoke”
  • Sends NHRP Redirect back to Spoke A: “You should talk directly to Spoke B for network x”

Spoke A sends NHRP Resolution Request for network x

“I am trying to reach this network x”
“Tell me which tunnel endpoint owns it”

NHRP Resolution Request
-----------------------
Requested Protocol Address: 10.1.2.0/24
Source NBMA Address: Spoke A public IP
Source Tunnel Address: 172.16.0.2

so the hub responds

“That network lives behind Spoke B.
Here is its tunnel IP and public IP.”

NHRP Resolution Reply
--------------------
Destination Protocol Address: 10.1.2.0/24
Destination Tunnel Address: 172.16.0.3
Destination NBMA Address: 203.0.113.22

NHRP installs above shortcut route and saves it in NHRP cache

  • More specific than the summary
  • Overrides the hub route

Spoke A now builds a direct GRE/IPsec tunnel to Spoke B and data packets now go directly from spoke to spoke

so summary route still exists for scale of HUB router memory but NHRP injects more-specific routes dynamically, More specific routes override summaries

Difference in Phase 2 and Phase 3 DMVPN with multilevel hierarchical topologies

Connectivity between DMVPN tunnels 20 and 30 is established by DMVPN tunnel 10
All three DMVPN tunnels use the same DMVPN tunnel ID, even though they use different tunnel interfaces

For Phase 2 DMVPN tunnels, traffic from R5 must flow to the hub R2, where it is sent to R3 and then back down to R6

For Phase 3 DMVPN tunnels, a spoke-to-spoke tunnel is established between R5 and R6, and the two routers can communicate directly.

Each DMVPN phase has its own specific configuration. Intermixing DMVPN phases on the same tunnel network is not recommended. If you need to support multiple DMVPN phases for a migration, a second DMVPN network (subnet and tunnel interface) should be used.

DMVPN Configuration

DMVPN Hub Configuration

R11-Hub
interface Tunnel100


 bandwidth 4000
 ! Virtual interfaces do not have the concept of latency 
 ! and need to have a reference bandwidth configured so that 
 ! routing protocols that use bandwidth for best-path calculation 
 ! can make intelligent decisions
 ! measured and configured in kilo bits
 ! Bandwidth is also used for quality of service (QoS) configuration 
 ! on the interface


 ip address 192.168.100.11 255.255.255.0
 ! allocate an overlay IP address 


 ip mtu 1400
 ! set ip mtu to 1400 , typical value for DMVPN to account for additional 
 ! encapsulation 


 ip nhrp map multicast dynamic
 ! Good to enable multicast support for NHRP
 ! NHRP just like subnets can also provide mapping of overlay IP 
 ! + underlay IP for multicast addresses , To support multicast 
 ! or routing protocols that use multicast, enable this on DMVPN hub 
 ! routers


 ip nhrp network-id 100
 ! Enable NHRP on tunnel and assign unique network identity 
 ! this NHRP network ID is not used in any negotiation but 
 ! It is recommended that the NHRP network ID match on all 
 ! routers participating in the same DMVPN network.
 ! It is used by local router to identify the DMVPN cloud
 ! because multiple tunnel interfaces can belong to the same 
 ! DMVPN cloud 


 ip nhrp redirect 
 ! Enable Phase 3 or NHRP redirect function on DMVPN network
 

 ip tcp adjust-mss 1360
 ! to influence the TCP MSS negotiation in 3 WAY handshake 
 ! for TCP packets visible on tunnel which they are even in 
 ! case of TLS, typical value is 1360 to accommodate the 20
 ! bytes for IP + 20 bytes for TCP header


 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
 ! this can be logical interface like loopback 
 ! QoS problems can occur with the use of loopback interfaces 
 ! when there are multiple paths in the forwarding table to the
 ! decapsulating router. The same problems occur automatically 
 ! with port channels, which are not recommended at the time of 
 ! this writing.


 tunnel mode gre multipoint
 ! configure tunnel as mGRE tunnel  


 tunnel key 100
 ! Optionally use tunnel key in case multiple tunnel interfaces 
 ! use same source interface , Tunnel keys, if configured, must 
 ! match for a DMVPN tunnel to be established between two routers
 ! the tunnel key adds 4 bytes to the DMVPN header. The tunnel key 
 ! is configured with the command tunnel key 0-4294967295
 ! If the tunnel key is defined on the hub router, it must be defined
 ! on all the spoke routers.

Note that mGRE tunnels do not support the option for using a keepalive. Keepalive is only logically possible when there is a single endpoint on other end, but in mGRE we have multiple endpoints

There is no technical correlation between the NHRP network ID and the tunnel interface number; however, keeping them the same helps from an operational support standpoint.

DMVPN Spoke Configuration for DMVPN Phase 1 (Point-to-Point)

The configuration of DMVPN Phase 1 spokes is similar to the configuration for a hub router except two differences:

  1. You do not use an mGRE tunnel. Instead, you specify the tunnel destination (because communication has to come back to hub)
  2. The NHRP mapping points to at least one active NHS
R31-Spoke (Single NHRP Command Configuration)

interface Tunnel100
 bandwidth 4000
 ! Virtual interfaces do not have the concept of latency 
 ! and need to have a reference bandwidth configured so that 
 ! routing protocols that use bandwidth for best-path calculation 
 ! can make intelligent decisions
 ! measured and configured in kilo bits
 ! Bandwidth is also used for quality of service (QoS) configuration 
 ! on the interface


 ip address 192.168.100.31 255.255.255.0
 ! assign overlay IP address to the Spoke


 ip mtu 1400


 ip nhrp network-id 100


 ip nhrp nhs 192.168.100.11 nbma 172.16.11.1 multicast
 ! define the DMVPN HUB or NHS, more can be added
 ! multicast keyword provides multicast mapping functions 
 ! in NHRP and is required to support the following routing 
 ! protocols: RIP, EIGRP, and Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)


 ip tcp adjust-mss 1360
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1


 tunnel destination 172.16.11.1
 ! tunnel destination is DMVPN HUB underlay address


 tunnel key 100
R41-Spoke (Multiple NHRP Commands Configuration)
! NHS with MAP commands 

interface Tunnel100
 bandwidth 4000
 ip address 192.168.100.41 255.255.255.0
 ip mtu 1400
 ip nhrp map 192.168.100.11 172.16.11.1
 ip nhrp map multicast 172.16.11.1
 ip nhrp network-id 100
 ip nhrp nhs 192.168.100.11
 ip tcp adjust-mss 1360
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
 tunnel destination 172.16.11.1
 tunnel key 100

Viewing DMVPN Tunnel Status

Tunnel states, in order of establishment:

  • INTF: The line protocol of the DMVPN tunnel is down.
  • IKE: DMVPN tunnels configured with IPsec have not yet established an IKE session.
  • Ipsec: An IKE session has been established, but an Ipsec security association (SA) has not yet been established.
  • NHRP: The DMVPN spoke router has not yet successfully registered.
  • Up: The DMVPN spoke router has registered with the DMVPN hub and received an ACK (positive registration reply) from the hub.
R31-Spoke# show dmvpn
! Output omitted for brevity
Interface: Tunnel100, IPv4 NHRP Details
Type:Spoke, NHRP Peers:1,

# Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb
 ----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- -----
     1 172.16.11.1       192.168.100.11    UP 00:05:26     S >>> static because NHS was defined
R41-Spoke# show dmvpn
! Output omitted for brevity
Interface: Tunnel100, IPv4 NHRP Details
Type:Spoke, NHRP Peers:1,

# Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb
 ----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- -----
     1 172.16.11.1       192.168.100.11    UP  00:05:26    S >>> static because NHS was defined
R11-Hub# show dmvpn
Legend: Attrb ◊–S - Static,–D - Dynamic,–I - Incomplete
          –N - NATed,–L - Local,–X - No Socket
           –1 - Route Installed, –2 - Nexthop-override
          –C - CTS Capable
           # Ent --> Number of NHRP entries with same NBMA peer
           NHS Status: E --> Expecting Replies, R --> Responding, W --> Waiting
           UpDn Time --> Up or Down Time for a Tunn==

Interface: Tunnel100, IPv4 NHRP Details
Type:Hub, NHRP Peers:2,

 # Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb
 ----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- -----
     1 172.16.31.1       192.168.100.31   UP 00:05:26     D
     1 172.16.41.1       192.168.100.41   UP 00:05:26     D

>>> D ! Dynamic because HUB learned spoke

with detail keyword

R11-Hub# show dmvpn detail
Legend: Attrb --> S - Static, D - Dynamic, I - Incomplete
           N - NATed, L - Local, X - No Socket
           T1 - Route Installed, T2 - Nexthop-override
           C - CTS Capable
           # Ent --> Number of NHRP entries with same NBMA peer
           NHS Status: E --> Expecting Replies, R --> Responding, W --> Waiting
           UpDn Time --> Up or Down Time for a Tunnel
==========================================================================

Interface Tunnel100 is up/up, Addr. is 192.168.100.11, VRF ""
    Tunnel Src./Dest. addr: 172.16.11.1/MGRE, Tunnel VRF ""
    Protocol/Transport: "multi-GRE/IP"", Protect ""
    Interface State Control: Disabled
    nhrp event-publisher : Disabled
Type:Hub, Total NBMA Peers (v4/v6): 2

# Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb    Target Network
----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ----- -----------------

    1 172.16.31.1        192.168.100.31    UP 00:01:05     D  192.168.100.31/32
    1 172.16.41.1        192.168.100.41    UP 00:01:06     D  192.168.100.41/32
R31-Spoke# show dmvpn detail
! Output omitted for brevity

Interface Tunnel100 is up/up, Addr. is 192.168.100.31, VRF ""
  Tunnel Src./Dest. addr: 172.16.31.1/172.16.11.1, Tunnel VRF ""
  Protocol/Transport: "GRE/IP", Protect ""
  Interface State Control: Disabled
  nhrp event-publisher : Disabled
IPv4 NHS:
192.168.100.11 RE NBMA Address: 172.16.11.1 priority = 0 cluster = 0
Type:Spoke, Total NBMA Peers (v4/v6): 1

# Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb    Target Ne
----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ----- ------------
    1 172.16.11.1        192.168.100.11    UP 00:00:28     S  192.168.100
R41-Spoke# show dmvpn detail
! Output omitted for brevity

Interface Tunnel100 is up/up, Addr. is 192.168.100.41, VRF ""
   Tunnel Src./Dest. addr: 172.16.41.1/172.16.11.1, Tunnel VRF " "
   Protocol/Transport: "GRE/IP", Protect ""
   Interface State Control: Disabled
   nhrp event-publisher : Disabled

IPv4 NHS:
192.168.100.11 RE NBMA Address: 172.16.11.1 priority = 0 cluster = 0
Type:Spoke, Total NBMA Peers (v4/v6): 1

# Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb    Target Network
----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ----- -----------------
    1 172.16.11.1      192.168.100.11    UP 00:02:00     S  192.168.100.11/32

Viewing the NHRP Cache

NHRP cache very similar to ARP cache contains information returned by hub such as network entry with overlay and underlay IP of spokes , interface it was received on + expiry time (dynamic entries expire)

NHRP Mapping EntryDescription
staticAn entry created statically on a DMVPN interface, this is seen on DMVPN Spokes
dynamicAn entry created dynamically. This is seen on DMVPN Hub
incompleteA Cisco router means the router knows it needs a mapping, but the resolution process has not finished yet. This is just like an “Incomplete” ARP entry

NHRP (Next Hop Resolution Protocol) is commonly used in DMVPN to map:
Tunnel IP address → NBMA (physical/WAN) IP address
Routers cache these mappings in the NHRP table.

An NHRP entry marked INCOMPLETE indicates:
The router has initiated an NHRP resolution request, but has not yet received a valid reply.
So:
The router does not yet know the NBMA address
The mapping cannot be used for forwarding traffic
The entry is temporary – usually is seen on HUB when request sent, no reply received and this can be when destination spoke is down , not registered or has incorrect configuration – also happens when NHRP replies are being blocked by ACL, Firewall, NAT

Router# show ip nhrp
10.10.10.2/32 via 10.10.10.2
Tunnel0 created 00:00:12, incomplete

An incomplete entry prevents repetitive NHRP requests for the same entry. Eventually this will time out and permit another NHRP resolution request for the same network.

A healthy entry eventually changes to Dynamic or Static
localJust like ARP’s local meaning that this overlay IP and underlay IP is on the router interface itself , Cisco routers automatically install a local NHRP entry so that router can correctly identify itself as an NHRP participant

R1# show ip nhrp
10.0.0.1/32 via 10.0.0.1
Tunnel0 created 00:12:33, expire never
Type: local, Flags: authoritative
(no-socket)Mapping entries that do not have associated IPsec sockets and where encryption is not triggered.
NBMA addressNonbroadcast multi-access address, or the transport IP address where the entry was received.

NHRP message flags specify attributes of an NHRP cache entry 

NHRP Message FlagDescription
usedIndicates that this NHRP mapping entry was used to forward data packets within the past “60” seconds.
implicitIndicates that the NHRP mapping entry was learned implicitly. Examples of such entries are the source mapping information gleaned from an NHRP resolution request received by the local router or from an NHRP resolution packet forwarded “through” the router.
uniqueIndicates that this remote NHRP mapping entry must be unique and that it cannot be overwritten with an entry that has the same tunnel IP address but a different NBMA address.
routerIndicates that this NHRP mapping entry is from a remote “router” that provides access to a network or “host” behind the remote router.
ribNHRP has injected a host route into the IP routing table
This is not learned via a routing protocol (EIGRP/OSPF/BGP), but directly installed by NHRP

show ip nhrp

10.10.10.2/32 via 172.16.1.2
Flags: unique, dynamic, rib

This rib flag means this entry is installed in routing table

show ip route 10.10.10.2

Routing entry for 10.10.10.2/32
Known via "nhrp", distance 250,
metric 0

Why is AD 250 important?
Makes sure routing protocols win
Prevents NHRP from overriding real routing decisions
NHRP routes are fallback / shortcut routes but because these are longest or most specific routes they always override

When will you see RIB flag set?
You’ll see RIB when:
DMVPN Phase 2 or 3 is active
NHRP resolution succeeds
Spoke learns another spoke’s NBMA address
Traffic triggers a shortcut
nhoWhen NHO is set, the spoke is telling the hub:
“Do NOT override the next-hop with yourself when replying to NHRP resolution requests.”
The hub does not insert itself as the next hop
This allows direct spoke-to-spoke tunnels to form

Without NHO
Traffic between spokes is forced through the hub
Hub becomes the next hop
No dynamic spoke-to-spoke tunnels

With NHO (normal DMVPN behavior)
Hub returns the real NBMA address of the destination spoke
Spokes build direct GRE/IPsec tunnels
Enables Phase 2 / Phase 3 DMVPN
nhopThe nhop flag tells that this is valid next-hop for forwarding traffic
R11-Hub# show ip nhrp
192.168.100.31/32 via 192.168.100.31
  Tunnel100 created 23:04:04, expire 01:37:26
  Type: dynamic, Flags: unique registered used nhop
  NBMA address: 172.16.31.1
192.168.100.41/32 via 192.168.100.41
  Tunnel100 created 23:04:00, expire 01:37:42
  Type: dynamic, Flags: unique registered used nhop
  NBMA address: 172.16.41.1
R31-Spoke# show ip nhrp
192.168.100.11/32 via 192.168.100.11
   Tunnel100 created 23:02:53, never expire
   Type: static, Flags:
   NBMA address: 172.16.11.1
R41-Spoke# show ip nhrp
192.168.100.11/32 via 192.168.100.11
   Tunnel100 created 23:02:53, never expire
   Type: static, Flags:
   NBMA address: 172.16.11.1

show ip nhrp “brief”
some information such as the used and nhop NHRP message flags are not shown with brief keyword

R11-Hub# show ip nhrp brief
****************************************************************************
    NOTE: Link-Local, No-socket and Incomplete entries are not displayed
****************************************************************************
Legend: Type --> S - Static, D - Dynamic
         Flags --> u - unique, r - registered, e - temporary, c - claimed
         a - authoritative, t - route
============================================================================
Intf     NextHop Address                                    NBMA Address
         Target Network                              T/Flag
-------- ------------------------------------------- ------ ----------------

Tu100    192.168.100.31                                     172.16.31.1
         192.168.100.31/32                           D/ur
Tu100    192.168.100.41                                     172.16.41.1
         192.168.100.41/32                           D/ur
R31-Spoke# show ip nhrp brief
! Output omitted for brevity
Intf     NextHop Address                                    NBMA Address
         Target Network                              T/Flag
-------- ------------------------------------------- ------ ----------------
Tu100    192.168.100.11                                     172.16.11.1
         192.168.100.11/32                           S/
R41-Spoke# show ip nhrp brief
! Output omitted for brevity
Intf     NextHop Address                                    NBMA Address
         Target Network                              T/Flag
-------- ------------------------------------------- ------ ----------------
Tu100    192.168.100.11                                     172.16.11.1
         192.168.100.11/32                           S/

The optional detail keyword provides a list of routers that submitted NHRP resolution requests and their request IDs.

Routing Table

Notice that the next-hop address between spoke routers is 192.168.100.11 (R11).

R11-Hub# show ip route
! Output omitted for brevity
Codes: L - local,   C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP
         D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area

Gateway of last resort is 172.16.11.2 to network 0.0.0.0

S*    0.0.0.0/0 [1/0] via 172.16.11.2
      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks
C        10.1.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/2
D        10.3.3.0/24 [90/27392000] via 192.168.100.31, 23:03:53, Tunnel100
D        10.4.4.0/24 [90/27392000] via 192.168.100.41, 23:03:28, Tunnel100
      172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C        172.16.11.0/30 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
      192.168.100.0/24 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C        192.168.100.0/24 is directly connected, Tunnel100
R31-Spoke# show ip route
! Output omitted for brevity
Gateway of last resort is 172.16.31.2 to network 0.0.0.0
S*    0.0.0.0/0 [1/0] via 172.16.31.2
      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks
D        10.1.1.0/24 [90/26885120] via 192.168.100.11, 23:04:48, Tunnel100
C        10.3.3.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/2
D        10.4.4.0/24 [90/52992000] via 192.168.100.11, 23:04:23, Tunnel100
      172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C        172.16.31.0/30 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
      192.168.100.0/24 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C        192.168.100.0/24 is directly connected, Tunnel100
R41-Spoke# show ip route
! Output omitted for brevity
Gateway of last resort is 172.16.41.2 to network 0.0.0.0

S*    0.0.0.0/0 [1/0] via 172.16.41.2
      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks
D        10.1.1.0/24 [90/26885120] via 192.168.100.11, 23:05:01, Tunnel100
D        10.3.3.0/24 [90/52992000] via 192.168.100.11, 23:05:01, Tunnel100
C        10.4.4.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/2
      172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C        172.16.41.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
      192.168.100.0/24 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C        192.168.100.0/24 is directly connected, Tunnel100

Traceroute

Traceroute shows that data from R31 to R41 will go through R11.

R31-Spoke# traceroute 10.4.4.1 source 10.3.3.1
Tracing the route to 10.4.4.1
  1 192.168.100.11 0 msec 0 msec 1 msec
  2 192.168.100.41 1 msec * 1 msec

DMVPN Configuration for Phase 3 DMVPN (Multipoint)

Phase 3 DMVPN configuration for the hub router adds the interface parameter command ip nhrp redirect on the hub router

This command checks the flow of packets on the tunnel interface and sends a redirect message to the source spoke router when it detects Hub router being used as transit, this is done by detecting for hairpinning

Hairpinning means that traffic is received and sent out an interface in the same cloud (identified by the NHRP network ID) , For instance, hairpinning occurs when packets come in and go out the same tunnel interface.

The Phase 3 DMVPN configuration for spoke routers uses the mGRE tunnel interface and uses the command ip nhrp shortcut on the tunnel interface.

R11-Hub
interface Tunnel100
 bandwidth 4000
 ip address 192.168.100.11 255.255.255.0
 ip mtu 1400
 ip nhrp map multicast dynamic
 ip nhrp network-id 100
 ip nhrp redirect <<<
 ip tcp adjust-mss 1360
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
 tunnel mode gre multipoint
 tunnel key 100
R31-Spoke
interface Tunnel100
 bandwidth 4000
 ip address 192.168.100.31 255.255.255.0
 ip mtu 1400
 ip nhrp network-id 100
 ip nhrp nhs 192.168.100.11 nbma 172.16.11.1 multicast
 ip nhrp shortcut <<<
 ip tcp adjust-mss 1360
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
 tunnel mode gre multipoint
 tunnel key 100
R41-Spoke
interface Tunnel100
 bandwidth 4000
 ip address 192.168.100.41 255.255.255.0
 ip mtu 1400
 ip nhrp network-id 100
 ip nhrp nhs 192.168.100.11 nbma 172.16.11.1 multicast
 ip nhrp shortcut <<<
 ip tcp adjust-mss 1360
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet0/1
 tunnel mode gre multipoint
 tunnel key 100

IP NHRP Authentication

NHRP includes an authentication capability, but this authentication is weak because the password is stored in plaintext. Most network administrators use NHRP authentication as a method to ensure that two different tunnels do not accidentally form. You enable NHRP authentication by using the interface parameter command ip nhrp authentication password.

Unique IP NHRP Registration

When Spoke regsiters with hub it adds the unique flag that forces DMVPN NHRP to keep overlay / protocol address and NBMA address unique for a spoke and same as the time of registration, If an NHC client or spoke attempts to register with the NHS using a different NBMA address while the previous entry has not expired yet, the registration process fails.

lets demonstrate this concept by disabling the DMVPN tunnel interface, changing the IP address on the transport interface, and reenabling the DMVPN tunnel interface. Notice that the DMVPN hub denies the NHRP registration because the protocol address is registered to a different NBMA address.

R31-Spoke(config)# interface tunnel 100
R31-Spoke(config-if)# shutdown
00:17:48.910: %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: EIGRP-IPv4 100: Neighbor 192.168.100.11
        (Tunnel100) is down: interface down
00:17:50.910: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Tunnel100,
     changed state to down
00:17:50.910: %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Tunnel100, changed state to
     administratively down
R31-Spoke(config-if)# interface GigabitEthernet0/1
R31-Spoke(config-if)# ip address 172.16.31.31 255.255.255.0
R31-Spoke(config-if)# interface tunnel 100
R31-Spoke(config-if)# no shutdown
00:18:21.011: %NHRP-3-PAKREPLY: Receive Registration Reply packet with error -
    unique address registered already(14)
00:18:22.010: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Tunnel100, changed
    state to up

This can cause problems for sites with transport interfaces that connect using DHCP, where they could be assigned different IP addresses before the NHRP cache times out. If a router loses connectivity and is assigned a different IP address, because of its age, it cannot register with the NHS router until that router’s entry is flushed from the NHRP cache.

The interface parameter command ip nhrp registration no-unique stops routers from placing the unique NHRP message flag in registration request packets sent to the NHS. This allows clients to reconnect to the NHS even if the NBMA address changes. This should be enabled on all DHCP-enabled spoke interfaces. However, placing this on all spoke tunnel interfaces keeps the configuration consistent for all tunnel interfaces and simplifies verification of settings from an operational perspective.

The NHC (spoke) has to register with this flag for this change to take effect on the NHS.
This can either happens during the normal NHRP expiration timers
or can be accelerated by resetting the tunnel interface on the spoke before change of transport IP

Spoke-to-Spoke Communication

In DMVPN Phase 1, the spoke devices rely on the configured tunnel destination to identify where to send the encapsulated packets. Phase 3 DMVPN uses mGRE tunnels and thereby relies on NHRP redirect and resolution request messages to identify the NBMA addresses for any destination networks

R31 initiates a traceroute to R41. Notice that the first packet travels across R11 (hub), but by the time a second stream of packets is sent, the spoke-to-spoke tunnel has been initialized so that traffic flows directly between R31 and R41 on the transport and overlay networks.

! Initial Packet Flow
R31-Spoke# traceroute 10.4.4.1 source 10.3.3.1
Tracing the route to 10.4.4.1
  1 192.168.100.11 5 msec 1 msec 0 msec <- This is the Hub Router (R11-Hub)
  2 192.168.100.41 5 msec * 1 msec
! Packetflow after Spoke-to-Spoke Tunnel is Established
R31-Spoke# traceroute 10.4.4.1 source 10.3.3.1
Tracing the route to 10.4.4.1
 1 192.168.100.41 1 msec * 0 msec

Forming Spoke-to-Spoke Tunnels

Step 1. R31 performs a route lookup for 10.4.4.1 and finds the entry 10.4.4.0/24 with the next-hop IP address 192.168.100.11 through hub. R31 encapsulates the packet destined for 10.4.4.1 and forwards it to R11 out the tunnel 100 interface.

Step 2. R11 receives the packet from R31 and performs a route lookup for the packet destined for 10.4.4.1. R11 locates the 10.4.4.0/24 network with the next-hop IP address 192.168.100.41. R11 checks the NHRP cache and locates the entry for the 192.168.100.41/32 address. R11 forwards the packet to R41, using the NBMA IP address 172.16.41.1, found in the NHRP cache.

The packet is then forwarded out the same tunnel interface (same network id / DMVPN cloud) and hub detects this as hairpinning.

R11 has ip nhrp redirect configured on the tunnel interface and recognizes that the packet received from R31 hairpinned out of the tunnel interface. R11 sends an NHRP redirect to R31, indicating the packet source 10.3.3.1 and destination 10.4.4.1. The NHRP redirect indicates to R31 that the traffic is using a suboptimal path.

Step 3. R31 receives the NHRP redirect and sends an NHRP resolution request to R11 for the 10.4.4.1 address. Inside the NHRP resolution request, R31 provides its protocol (tunnel IP) address, 192.168.100.31, and source NBMA address, 172.16.31.1. R41 performs a route lookup for 10.3.3.1 and finds the entry 10.3.3.0/24 with the next-hop IP address 192.168.100.11. R41 encapsulates the packet destined for 10.4.4.1 and forwards it to R11 out the tunnel 100 interface.

Step 4. R11 receives the packet from R41 and performs a route lookup for the packet destined for 10.3.3.1. R11 locates the 10.3.3.0/24 network with the next-hop IP address 192.168.100.31. R11 checks the NHRP cache and locates an entry for 192.168.100.31/32. R11 forwards the packet to R31, using the NBMA IP address 172.16.31.1, found in the NHRP cache. The packet is then forwarded out the same tunnel interface. R11 has ip nhrp redirect configured on the tunnel interface and recognizes that the packet received from R41 hairpinned out the tunnel interface. R11 sends an NHRP redirect to R41, indicating the packet source 10.4.4.1 and destination 10.3.3.1 The NHRP redirect indicates to R41 that the traffic is using a suboptimal path. R11 forwards R31’s NHRP resolution requests for the 10.4.4.1 address.

Step 5. R41 sends an NHRP resolution request to R11 for the 10.3.3.1 address and provides its protocol (tunnel IP) address, 192.168.100.41, and source NBMA address, 172.16.41.1. R41 sends an NHRP resolution reply directly to R31, using the source information from R31’s NHRP resolution request. The NHRP resolution reply contains the original source information in R31’s NHRP resolution request as a method of verification and contains the client protocol address of 192.168.100.41 and the client NBMA address 172.16.41.1. (If IPsec protection is configured, the IPsec tunnel is set up before the NHRP reply is sent.)

Note

The NHRP reply is for the entire subnet rather than the specified host address.

Step 6. R11 forwards R41’s NHRP resolution requests for the 192.168.100.31 and 10.4.4.1 entries.

Step 7. R31 sends an NHRP resolution reply directly to R41, using the source information from R41’s NHRP resolution request. The NHRP resolution reply contains the original source information in R41’s NHRP resolution request as a method of verification and contains the client protocol address 192.168.100.31 and the client NBMA address 172.16.31.1. (Again, if IPsec protection is configured, the tunnel is set up before the NHRP reply is sent back in the other direction.)

A spoke-to-spoke DMVPN tunnel is established in both directions after step 7 is complete. This allows traffic to flow across the spoke-to-spoke tunnel instead of traversing the hub router.

shows the status of DMVPN tunnels on R31 and R41, where there are two new spoke-to-spoke tunnels (highlighted). The DLX entries represent the local (no-socket) routes. The original tunnel to R11 remains a static tunnel.

R31-Spoke# show dmvpn detail
Legend: Attrb --> S - Static, D - Dynamic, I - Incomplete
           N - NATed, L - Local, X - No Socket
          T1 - Route Installed, T2 - Nexthop-override
          C - CTS Capable
         # Ent --> Number of NHRP entries with same NBMA peer
         NHS Status: E --> Expecting Replies, R --> Responding, W --> Waiting
         UpDn Time --> Up or Down Time for a Tunnel
============================================================================
Interface Tunnel100 is up/up, Addr. is 192.168.100.31, VRF ""
      Src./Dest. addr: 172.16.31.1/MGRE, Tunnel VRF ""
     Protocol/Transport: "multi-GRE/IP", Protect ""
     Interface State Control: Disabled
     nhrp event-publisher : Disabled

IPv4 NHS:
192.168.100.11 RE NBMA Address: 172.16.11.1 priority = 0 cluster = 0
Type:Spoke, Total NBMA Peers (v4/v6): 3

# Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb    Target Network
----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ----- -----------------
    1 172.16.31.1      192.168.100.31    UP 00:00:10   DLX        10.3.3.0/24
    2 172.16.41.1      192.168.100.41    UP 00:00:10   DT2   10.4.4.0/24
      172.16.41.1      192.168.100.41    UP 00:00:10   DT1   192.168.100.41/32
    1 172.16.11.1      192.168.100.11    UP 00:00:51     S    192.168.100.11/32
R41-Spoke# show dmvpn detail
! Output omitted for brevity

IPv4 NHS:
192.168.100.11 RE NBMA Address: 172.16.11.1 priority = 0 cluster = 0
Type:Spoke, Total NBMA Peers (v4/v6): 3

# Ent  Peer NBMA Addr Peer Tunnel Add State  UpDn Tm Attrb    Target Network
----- --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ----- -----------------
    2 172.16.31.1      192.168.100.31    UP 00:00:34   DT2        10.3.3.0/24
      172.16.31.1      192.168.100.31    UP 00:00:34   DT1  192.168.100.31/32
    1 172.16.41.1      192.168.100.41    UP 00:00:34   DLX        10.4.4.0/24
    1 172.16.11.1      192.168.100.11    UP 00:01:15     S    192.168.100.11/32

show ip nhrp detail to view NHRP cache for R31 and R41. Notice the NHRP mappings router, rib, nho, and nhop. The flag rib nho indicates that the router has found an identical route in the routing table that belongs to a different protocol. NHRP has overridden the other protocol’s next-hop entry for the network by installing a next-hop shortcut in the routing table. The flag rib nhop indicates that the router has an explicit method to reach the tunnel IP address using an NBMA address and has an associated route installed in the routing table.

NHRP Mapping with Spoke-to-Hub Traffic

uses the optional detail keyword for viewing the NHRP cache information. The 10.3.3.0/24 entry on R31 and the 10.4.4.0/24 entry on R41 display a list of devices to which the router responded to resolution request packets and the request ID that they received.

R31-Spoke# show ip nhrp detail
10.3.3.0/24 via 192.168.100.31
   Tunnel100 created 00:01:44, expire 01:58:15
   Type: dynamic, Flags: router unique local
   NBMA address: 172.16.31.1
   Preference: 255
    (no-socket)
   Requester: 192.168.100.41 Request ID: 3
10.4.4.0/24 via 192.168.100.41
   Tunnel100 created 00:01:44, expire 01:58:15
   Type: dynamic, Flags: router rib nho
   NBMA address: 172.16.41.1
   Preference: 255
192.168.100.11/32 via 192.168.100.11
   Tunnel100 created 10:43:18, never expire
   Type: static, Flags: used
   NBMA address: 172.16.11.1
   Preference: 255
192.168.100.41/32 via 192.168.100.41
   Tunnel100 created 00:01:45, expire 01:58:15
   Type: dynamic, Flags: router used nhop rib
   NBMA address: 172.16.41.1
   Preference: 255
R41-Spoke# show ip nhrp detail
10.3.3.0/24 via 192.168.100.31
   Tunnel100 created 00:02:04, expire 01:57:55
   Type: dynamic, Flags: router rib nho
   NBMA address: 172.16.31.1
   Preference: 255
10.4.4.0/24 via 192.168.100.41
   Tunnel100 created 00:02:04, expire 01:57:55
   Type: dynamic, Flags: router unique local
   NBMA address: 172.16.41.1
   Preference: 255
     (no-socket)
   Requester: 192.168.100.31 Request ID: 3
192.168.100.11/32 via 192.168.100.11
   Tunnel100 created 10:43:42, never expire
   Type: static, Flags: used
   NBMA address: 172.16.11.1
   Preference: 255
192.168.100.31/32 via 192.168.100.31
   Tunnel100 created 00:02:04, expire 01:57:55
   Type: dynamic, Flags: router used nhop rib
   NBMA address: 172.16.31.1 Preference: 255

DMVPN 2

DMVPN (Dynamic Multipoint Virtual Private Network) is a hub-and-spoke technology for site-to-site sites, the great advantage of DMVPN is scalability and direct spoke to spoke communication

DMVPN, we actually configure the tunnel interfaces as multipoint interfaces so that we can talk to multiple routers using the same tunnel interface, reducing the configuration and increasing the scale over point-to-point tunnels.

See that there is a transport IP addressing

Then there is overlay network over WAN (transport) that is multipoint GRE acting as a broadcast network, we can tell the broadcast nature by looking at Tunnel 1 Addressing

The default tunnel-type on Cisco routers is a GRE point-to-point. GRE is about as simple as a protocol gets.

EIGRP

EIGRP

EIGRP is distance vector routing protocol
Initially it was Cisco proprietary protocol, but it was released to the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)

EIGRP uses a diffusing update algorithm (DUAL) to learn loop free paths
DUAL also keeps loop-free backup paths for fast convergence

A lot of older protocols used hop count for path selection but that does not take into account link speed and total delay, EIGRP adds logic to the route-selection algorithm to use factors other than hop count alone

EIGRP uses ASN per process (ASN/Process)

Routers within the same domain must use the same metric calculation formula and exchange routes only with members of the same autonomous system (AS), if routing needs to be presented between 2 different EIGRP ASN / Process then router in the middle will need to redistribute between 2 ASN / Processes

For example R3 that is attached to 2 different ASN on 2 different processes does not transfer routes learned from one autonomous system into a different autonomous system

Current implementations of EIGRP support only IPv4 and IPv6.

EIGRP Terminology

Successor route

The route with the lowest path metric to reach a destination.
The successor route for R1 to reach 10.4.4.0/24 on R4 is R1→R3→R4.

Successor

The first next-hop router for the successor route. R1’s successor for 10.4.4.0/24 is R3.

Feasible distance (FD)

The metric value for the lowest path metric to reach a destination. The feasible distance is calculated locally using the formula

The FD calculated by R1 for the 10.4.4.0/24 destination network is 3328 (that is, 256 + 256 + 2816).

Reported distance (RD)

Distance reported by a router to reach a destination. The reported distance value is the feasible distance of the advertising router.

R3 advertises the 10.4.4.0/24 destination network to R1 and R2 with an RD of 3072 (2816 + 256).
R4 advertises the 10.4.4.0/24 destination network to R1, R2, and R3 with an RD of 2816.

Feasibility condition

For a route to be considered a backup route, the RD received for that route must be less than the FD calculated locally. This logic guarantees a loop-free path.

Feasible successor

Installed in the topology table only
Acts as a loop-free backup path

A route that satisfies the feasibility condition is maintained as a backup route. The feasibility condition ensures that the backup route is loop free.

The route R1→R4 is the feasible successor because the RD of 2816 is lower than the FD of 3328 for the R1→R3→R4 path.

Topology Table

EIGRP contains a topology table

The topology table contains all the network prefixes advertised within an EIGRP autonomous system including backup paths and not just contains metric per prefix but hop count also

Values used to calculate the metric BDRLM (Bandwidth , Delay , Reliability , Load , MTU)

show ip eigrp topology ! shows successor and feasible successor
!
show ip eigrp topology [all-links] 
! shows successor and feasible successor all-links keyword shows the paths that did not pass the feasibility condition

Prefix 10.4.4.0/24 has cost or FD of 3328 for best path or successor route
Successor route’s next hop router is called successor

second path that is feasible successor has RD of 2816 which is lower than FD of successor route, it passes the feasibility condition and is installed in topology table

The 10.4.4.0/24 route is passive (P), which means the topology is stable. During a topology change, routes go into an active (A) state when computing a new path.

EIGRP Neighbors

EIGRP neighbors exchange the entire routing table when forming an adjacency, and they advertise incremental updates only as topology changes occur within a network and no periodic updates

Inter-Router Communication

EIGRP uses IP protocol number (88)
uses multicast packets where possible to reduce bandwidth consumed on the links; it uses unicast packets when necessary
EIGRP uses Reliable Transport Protocol (RTP) to ensure that packets are delivered instead of TCP
A sequence number is included in each EIGRP packet. The sequence value zero does not require a response from the receiving EIGRP router; all other values require an ACK packet that includes the original sequence number
All update, query and reply packets are deemed reliable
hello and ACK packets do not require acknowledgment
If the originating router does not receive an ACK packet from the neighbor before the retransmit timeout expires, it notifies the non-acknowledging router to stop processing its multicast packets

Communication between routers is done with multicast using the group address 224.0.0.10 or the MAC address 01:00:5e:00:00:0a when possible

Opcode ValuePacket TypeFunction
1UpdateUsed to transmit routing and reachability information with other EIGRP neighbors
2RequestUsed to get specific information from one or more neighbors
3QuerySent out to search for another path during convergence
4ReplySent in response to a query packet
5HelloUsed for discovery of EIGRP neighbors and for detecting when a neighbor is no longer available

Forming EIGRP Neighbors

Hello messages are exchanged to become neighbors

The following parameters must match for the two routers to become neighbors:

  • Metric formula K values
  • Primary subnet matches
  • Autonomous system number (ASN) matches
  • Authentication parameters

EIGRP Configuration Modes

EIGRP configuration modes: classic mode and named mode.

EIGRP Named Mode

EIGRP named mode provides a hierarchical configuration and stores settings in three subsections:

  • Address Family: This submode contains settings that are relevant to the global EIGRP AS operations, such as selection of network interfaces, EIGRP K values, logging settings, and stub settings.
  • Interface: This submode contains settings that are relevant to the interface, such as hello advertisement interval, split-horizon, authentication, and summary route advertisements. In actuality, there are two methods of the EIGRP interface section’s configuration. Commands can be assigned to a specific interface or to a default interface, in which case those settings are placed on all EIGRP-enabled interfaces. If there is a conflict between the default interface and a specific interface, the specific interface takes priority over the default interface.
  • Topology: This submode contains settings regarding the EIGRP topology database and how routes are presented to the router’s RIB. This section also contains route redistribution and administrative distance settings.

EIGRP named configuration makes it possible to run multiple instances under the same EIGRP process

Step 1. Initialize the EIGRP process by using the command router eigrp process-name. (If a number is used for process-name, the number does not correlate to the autonomous system number.)

Step 2. Initialize the EIGRP instance for the appropriate address family with the command address-family {IPv4 | IPv6} {unicast | vrf vrf-name} autonomous-system as-number.

Step 3. Enable EIGRP on interfaces by using the command network network wildcard-mask.

EIGRP Network Statement

Network statement enrolls interfaces in EIGRP and sends hellos on those interfaces

If wildcard is omitted then any interfaces that fall under the classful boundary are added in EIGRP, secondary networks are not added, if we want secondary networks in EIGRP then they need to be redistributed

router eigrp 1
    network 10.0.0.10 0.0.0.0
    network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.255
    network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
    network 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 ! enable on all interfaces 

Named configuration

R2 (Named Mode Configuration)
interface Loopback0
 ip address 192.168.2.2 255.255.255.255
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/1
    ip address 10.12.1.2 255.255.255.0
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/2
    ip address 10.22.22.2 255.255.255.0
!
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  network 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255
R2# show run | section router eigrp
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
 !
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  !
  topology base
  exit-af-topology
  network 0.0.0.0
 exit-address-family      

The EIGRP interface submode configurations contain the command af-interface interface-id or af-interface default

router eigrp MY-EIGRP
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.255

  af-interface default
   passive-interface
   hello-interval 5
   hold-time 15
  exit-af-interface

  af-interface GigabitEthernet0/0
   no passive-interface
   bandwidth-percent 50
  exit-af-interface

  af-interface GigabitEthernet0/1
   no passive-interface
   authentication mode md5
   authentication key-chain EIGRP_KEYS
  exit-af-interface
 exit-address-family
show ip eigrp interfaces [{interface-id [detail] | detail}]
R1# show ip eigrp interfaces
EIGRP-IPv4 Interfaces for AS(100)
                 Xmit Queue   PeerQ        Mean   Pacing Time  Multicast  Pending
Interface Peers  Un/Reliable  Un/Reliable  SRTT   Un/Reliable  Flow Timer Routes
Gi0/2       0        0/0       0/0           0       0/0           0           0
Gi0/1       1        0/0       0/0          10       0/0          50           0
Lo0         0        0/0       0/0           0       0/0           0           0
R2# show ip eigrp interfaces gi0/1 detail
EIGRP-IPv4 VR(EIGRP-NAMED) Address-Family Interfaces for AS(100)
                 Xmit Queue   PeerQ        Mean   Pacing Time  Multicast  Pending
Interface Peers  Un/Reliable  Un/Reliable  SRTT   Un/Reliable  Flow Timer Routes
Gi0/1        1        0/0       0/0        1583       0/0       7912           0
  Hello-interval is 5, Hold-time is 15
  Split-horizon is enabled
  Next xmit serial <none>
  Packetized sent/expedited: 2/0
  Hello's sent/expedited: 186/2
  Un/reliable mcasts: 0/2  Un/reliable ucasts: 2/2
  Mcast exceptions: 0  CR packets: 0  ACKs suppressed: 0
  Retransmissions sent: 1  Out-of-sequence rcvd: 0
  Topology-ids on interface - 0
  Authentication mode is not set
  Topologies advertised on this interface:  base
  Topologies not advertised on this interface:

Fields explaination

Xmt QueueUn/Reliable

Number of unreliable/reliable packets remaining in the transmit queue. The value zero is an indication of a stable network.

Mean SRTT

Average time for a packet to be sent and a received from neighbor in milliseconds.

Pending Routes

Number of routes in the transmit queue that need to be sent.

R1# show ip eigrp neighbors
EIGRP-IPv4 Neighbors for AS(100)
H   Address                 Interface              Hold Uptime   SRTT   RTO  Q  Seq
                                                   (sec)         (ms)       Cnt Num
0   10.12.1.2               Gi0/1                    13 00:18:31   10   100  0  3

Fields explaination

RTO

Timeout for retransmission (waiting for ACK)

Q Cnt

Number of packets (update/query/reply) in queue for sending

Seq Num

Sequence number that was last “received” from this router

show ip route eigrp
R1# show ip route eigrp
Codes: L - local, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP
       D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area
       N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
       E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2
       i - IS-IS, su - IS-IS summary, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2
       ia - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, U - per-user static route
       o - ODR, P - periodic downloaded static route, H - NHRP, l - LISP
       a - application route
       + - replicated route, % - next hop override, p - overrides from PfR
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 2 masks
D        10.22.22.0/24 [90/3072] via 10.12.1.2, 00:19:25, GigabitEthernet0/1
      192.168.2.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D        192.168.2.2 [90/2848] via 10.12.1.2, 00:19:25, GigabitEthernet0/1
R2# show ip route eigrp
! Output omitted for brevity
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 2 masks
D        10.11.11.0/24 [90/15360] via 10.12.1.1, 00:20:34, GigabitEthernet0/1
      192.168.1.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D        192.168.1.1 [90/2570240] via 10.12.1.1, 00:20:34, GigabitEthernet0/1

EIGRP routes have administrative distance (AD) of 90 and are indicated in the routing table with a D
External EIGRP routes have an AD of 170 and are indicated in the routing table with D EX

The metrics for R2’s routes are different from the metrics from R1’s routes. This is because R1’s classic EIGRP mode uses classic metrics, and R2’s named mode uses “wide metrics” “by default”

Router ID

The router ID (RID) is a 32-bit number that uniquely identifies an EIGRP router and is used as a loop-prevention mechanism. The RID can be set dynamically, which is the default, or manually.

The algorithm for dynamically choosing the EIGRP RID uses the highest IPv4 address of any up loopback interfaces. If there are not any up loopback interfaces, the highest IPv4 address of any active up physical interfaces becomes the RID when the EIGRP process initializes.

R1(config)# router eigrp 100
R1(config-router)# eigrp router-id 192.168.1.1

R2(config)# router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
R2(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
R2(config-router-af)# eigrp router-id 192.168.2.2

Passive Interfaces

Some network topologies must advertise a network segment into EIGRP but need to prevent neighbors because it stops sending hello and process received hellos

for example, when advertising access layer networks in a campus topology.

R1# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.  End with CNTL/Z.
R1(config)# router eigrp 100
R1(config-router)# passive-interface gi0/2
R1(config)# router eigrp 100
R1(config-router)# passive-interface default
04:22:52.031: %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: EIGRP-IPv4 100: Neighbor 10.12.1.2
(GigabitEthernet0/1) is down: interface passive
R1(config-router)# no passive-interface gi0/1
*May 10 04:22:56.179: %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: EIGRP-IPv4 100: Neighbor 10.12.1.2
(GigabitEthernet0/1) is up: new adjacency

For a named mode configuration, you place the passive-interface state on af-interface default for all EIGRP interfaces or on a specific interface with the af-interfaceinterface-id

R2# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.  End with CNTL/Z.
R2(config)# router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
R2(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
R2(config-router-af)# af-interface gi0/2
R2(config-router-af-interface)# passive-interface
R2(config)# router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
R2(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
R2(config-router-af)# af-interface default
R2(config-router-af-interface)# passive-interface
04:28:30.366: %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: EIGRP-IPv4 100: Neighbor 10.12.1.1
(GigabitEthernet0/1) is down: interface passiveex
R2(config-router-af-interface)# exit-af-interface
R2(config-router-af)# af-interface gi0/1
R2(config-router-af-interface)# no passive-interface
R2(config-router-af-interface)# exit-af-interface
*May 10 04:28:40.219: %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: EIGRP-IPv4 100: Neighbor 10.12.1.1
(GigabitEthernet0/1) is up: new adjacency
R2# show run | section router eigrp
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
 !
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  !
  af-interface default
   passive-interface
  exit-af-interface
  !
  af-interface GigabitEthernet0/1
   no passive-interface
  exit-af-interface
  !
  topology base
  exit-af-topology
  network 0.0.0.0
 exit-address-family

A passive interface does not appear in the output of the command show ip eigrp interfaces even though it was enabled but appears under “show ip protocols” command as passive. Connected networks for passive interfaces are still added to the EIGRP topology table so that they are advertised to neighbors.

show ip protocols command also shows K values set for EIGRP, RID and information such as interfaces enabled for EIGRP, passive interfaces and neighbors

R1# show ip protocols
! Output omitted for brevity
Routing Protocol is "eigrp 100"
  Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set
  Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set
  Default networks flagged in outgoing updates
  Default networks accepted from incoming updates
  EIGRP-IPv4 Protocol for AS(100)
    Metric weight K1=1, K2=0, K3=1, K4=0, K5=0
    Soft SIA disabled
    NSF-aware route hold timer is 240
    Router-ID: 192.168.1.1
    Topology : 0 (base)
      Active Timer: 3 min
      Distance: internal 90 external 170
      Maximum path: 4
      Maximum hopcount 100
      Maximum metric variance 1

  Automatic Summarization: disabled
  Maximum path: 4
  Routing for Networks:
    10.11.11.1/32
    10.12.1.1/32
    192.168.1.1/32
  Passive Interface(s):
    GigabitEthernet0/2
    Loopback0
  Routing Information Sources:
    Gateway         Distance      Last Update
    10.12.1.2             90      00:21:35
  Distance: internal 90 external 170

Authentication

Hash is a one way function and cannot be reversed or decrypted
A password on an EIGRP router is hashed and sent with EIGRP packet
once it is received on neighbor, neighbor also hashes its password and then compare it with received hash, if both has match then packet is accepted and if they do not match then EIGRP packet is discarded

Keychain Configuration

Keychain creation is accomplished with the following steps:

Step 1. Create the keychain by using the command key chain key-chain-name.
Step 2. Identify the key sequence by using the command key key-number, where key-number can be anything from 0 to 2147483647.
Step 3. Specify the preshared password by using the command key-string password.

classic configuration, authentication must be enabled on the interface

R1(config)# key chain EIGRPKEY
R1(config-keychain)# key 2
R1(config-keychain-key)# key-string CISCO
R1(config)# interface gi0/1
R1(config-if)# ip authentication mode eigrp 100 md5
R1(config-if)# ip authentication key-chain eigrp 100 EIGRPKEY

The named mode configuration places the configurations under the EIGRP interface submode

R2(config)# key chain EIGRPKEY
R2(config-keychain)# key 2
R2(config-keychain-key)# key-string CISCO
R2(config-keychain-key)# router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
R2(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
R2(config-router-af)# af-interface default
R2(config-router-af-interface)# authentication mode md5
R2(config-router-af-interface)# authentication key-chain EIGRPKEY
R1# show key chain
Key-chain EIGRPKEY:
    key 2 -- text "CISCO"
        accept lifetime (always valid) - (always valid) [valid now]
        send lifetime (always valid) - (always valid) [valid now]
R1# show ip eigrp interface detail
EIGRP-IPv4 Interfaces for AS(100)
                  Xmit Queue   PeerQ        Mean   Pacing Time   Multicast   Pending
Interface  Peers  Un/Reliable  Un/Reliable  SRTT   Un/Reliable   Flow Timer  Routes
Gi0/1        0        0/0         0/0        0        0/0           50         0
  Hello-interval is 5, Hold-time is 15
  Split-horizon is enabled
  Next xmit serial <none>
  Packetized sent/expedited: 10/1
  Hello's sent/expedited: 673/12

  Un/reliable mcasts: 0/9  Un/reliable ucasts: 6/19
  Mcast exceptions: 0  CR packets: 0  ACKs suppressed: 0
  Retransmissions sent: 16  Out-of-sequence rcvd: 1
  Topology-ids on interface - 0
  Authentication mode is md5,  key-chain is "EIGRPKEY"

Path Metric Calculation

Metric calculation uses bandwidth and delay by default but can include interface load and reliability, too

A common misconception is that the K values directly apply to bandwidth, load, delay, or reliability; this is not accurate. For example, K1 and K2 both reference bandwidth (BW).

BW represents the slowest link in the path in Kbps

Delay is the total measure of delay in the path, measured in tens of microseconds (μs).

By default, K1 and K3 each has a value of 1, and K2, K4, and K5 are all set to 0

The EIGRP update packet includes path attributes associated with each prefix. The EIGRP path attributes can include hop count, cumulative delay, minimum bandwidth link speed, and RD. The attributes are updated each hop along the way

Notice that the hop count increments, minimum bandwidth decreases, total delay increases, and the RD changes with each EIGRP update.

Default EIGRP Interface Metrics for Classic Metrics

Interface TypeLink Speed (Kbps)DelayMetric
Serial6420,000 μs40,512,000
T1154420,000 μs2,170,031
Ethernet10,0001000 μs281,600
FastEthernet100,000100 μs28,160
GigabitEthernet1,000,00010 μs2816
TenGigabitEthernet10,000,00010 μs512
R1# show ip eigrp topology 10.4.4.0/24
! Output omitted for brevity
EIGRP-IPv4 Topology Entry for AS(100)/ID(10.14.1.1) for 10.4.4.0/24
  State is Passive, Query origin flag is 1, 1 Successor(s), FD is 3328
  Descriptor Blocks:
  10.13.1.3 (GigabitEthernet0/1), from 10.13.1.3, Send flag is 0x0
      Composite metric is (3328/3072), route is Internal
      Vector metric:
        Minimum bandwidth is 1000000 Kbit
        Total delay is 30 microseconds
        Reliability is 252/255
        Load is 1/255
        Minimum MTU is 1500
        Hop count is 2
        Originating router is 10.34.1.4
  10.14.1.4 (GigabitEthernet0/2), from 10.14.1.4, Send flag is 0x0
      Composite metric is (5376/2816), route is Internal
     Vector metric:
        Minimum bandwidth is 1000000 Kbit
        Total delay is 110 microseconds
        Reliability is 255/255
        Load is 1/255
        Minimum MTU is 1500
        Hop count is 1
        Originating router is 10.34.1.4

Wide Metrics

there is not a differentiation between an 11 Gbps interface and a 20 Gbps interface.

10 GigabitEthernet:
Scaled Bandwidth = 10,000,000 / 10,000,000
Scaled Delay = 10 / 10
Composite Metric = 1 + 1 * 256 = 512
11 GigabitEthernet:
Scaled Bandwidth = 10,000,000 / 11,000,000
Scaled Delay = 10 / 10
Composite Metric = 0 + 1 * 256 = 256
20 GigabitEthernet:
Scaled Bandwidth = 10,000,000 / 20,000,000
Scaled Delay = 10 / 10
Composite Metric = 0 + 1 * 256 = 256

EIGRP includes support for a second set of metrics, known as wide metrics, that addresses the issue of scalability with higher-capacity interfaces.

The interface delay varies from router to router, depending on the following logic:

  • If the interface’s delay was specifically set, the value is converted to picoseconds. Interface delay is always configured in tens of microseconds and is multiplied by 107 for picosecond conversion.
  • If the interface’s bandwidth was specifically set, the interface delay is configured using the classic default delay, converted to picoseconds. The configured bandwidth is not considered when determining the interface delay. If delay was configured, this step is ignored.
  • If the interface supports speeds of 1 Gbps or less and does not contain bandwidth or delay configuration, the delay is the classic default delay, converted to picoseconds.
  • If the interface supports speeds over 1 Gbps and does not contain bandwidth or delay configuration, the interface delay is calculated by 1013/interface bandwidth.
R1# show ip protocols | include AS|K
  EIGRP-IPv4 Protocol for AS(100)
    Metric weight K1=1, K2=0, K3=1, K4=0, K5=0
R2# show ip protocols | include AS|K
  EIGRP-IPv4 VR(EIGRP-NAMED) Address-Family Protocol for AS(100)
    Metric weight K1=1, K2=0, K3=1, K4=0, K5=0 K6=0 <<<

Existence of K6 proves use of named EIGRP

Metric Backward Compatibility

EIGRP wide metrics were designed with backward compatibility in mind. EIGRP wide metrics set K1 and K3 to a value of 1 and set K2, K4, K5, and K6 to 0, which allows backward compatibility because the K value metrics match with classic metrics. As long as K1 through K5 are the same and K6 is not set, the two metric styles allow adjacency between routers.

Using a mixture of classic metric and wide metric devices could lead to suboptimal routing, so it is best to keep all devices operating with the same metric style.

Why set delay and not bandwidth

Bandwidth modification with the interface parameter command bandwidth bandwidth has a similar effect on the metric calculation formula but can impact other routing protocols, such as OSPF, at the same time. Modifying the interface delay only impacts EIGRP.

R1# show interfaces gigabitEthernet 0/1 | i DLY
  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit/sec, DLY 10 usec,
R2# show interfaces gigabitEthernet 0/1 | i DLY
  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit/sec, DLY 10 usec,

show interface interface-id. The output displays the EIGRP interface delay, in microseconds

R1# configure terminal
R1(config)# interface gi0/1
R1(config-if)# delay 100
R1(config-if)# do show interface Gigabit0/1 | i DLY
  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit/sec, DLY 1000 usec,

Custom K Values

K values for the path metric formula are set with the command metric weights TOS K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 [K6] under the EIGRP process. TOS always has a value of 0, and K6 is used for named mode configurations.

To ensure consistent routing logic in an EIGRP autonomous system, the K values must match between EIGRP neighbors to form an adjacency and exchange routes. The K values are included as part of the EIGRP hello packet.

Load Balancing

EIGRP allows multiple successor routes (with the same metric) to be installed into the RIB called ECMP, the default maximum ECMP setting is four routes

R1# show run | section router eigrp
router eigrp 100
 maximum-paths 6
 network 0.0.0.0
R2# show run | section router eigrp
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
 !
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  !
  topology base
   maximum-paths 6
  exit-af-topology
  network 0.0.0.0
  eigrp router-id 192.168.2.2
 exit-address-family

Unequal Cost Load Balancing

EIGRP supports unequal-cost load balancing, which allows installation of both successor routes and feasible successors into the EIGRP RIB. To use unequal-cost load balancing change EIGRP’s variance multiplier.

Variance Value is Feasible distance (FD) for a route multiplied by the EIGRP variance multiplier
Any feasible successor’s FD with a metric below the EIGRP variance up to the maximum number of ECMP routes value is installed into the RIB

There is a way to find exact variance to use

Dividing the feasible successor metric by the successor route metric provides the variance multiplier.

The variance multiplier is a whole number, and any remainders should always round up.

the minimum EIGRP variance multiplier can be calculated so that the direct path from R1 to R4 can be installed into the RIB. The FD for the successor route is 3328, and the FD for the feasible successor is 5376. The formula provides a value of about 1.6 and is always rounded up to the nearest whole number to provide an EIGRP variance multiplier of 2

R1 (Classic Configuration)
router eigrp 100
 variance 2
 network 0.0.0.0
R1 (Named Mode Configuration)
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
 !
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  !
  topology base
   variance 2
  exit-af-topology
  network 0.0.0.0
  exit-address-family
R1# show ip route eigrp | begin Gateway
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 10 subnets, 2 masks
D        10.4.4.0/24 [90/5376] via 10.14.1.4, 00:00:03, GigabitEthernet0/2
                     [90/3328] via 10.13.1.3, 00:00:03, GigabitEthernet0/1
R1# show ip route 10.4.4.0
Routing entry for 10.4.4.0/24
  Known via "eigrp 100", distance 90, metric 3328, type internal
  Redistributing via eigrp 100
  Last update from 10.13.1.3 on GigabitEthernet0/1, 00:00:35 ago
  Routing Descriptor Blocks:
  * 10.14.1.4, from 10.14.1.4, 00:00:35 ago, via GigabitEthernet0/2
      Route metric is 5376, traffic share count is 149
      Total delay is 110 microseconds, minimum bandwidth is 1000000 Kbit
      Reliability 255/255, minimum MTU 1500 bytes
      Loading 1/255, Hops 1
    10.13.1.3, from 10.13.1.3, 00:00:35 ago, via GigabitEthernet0/1
      Route metric is 3328, traffic share count is 240
      Total delay is 30 microseconds, minimum bandwidth is 1000000 Kbit
      Reliability 254/255, minimum MTU 1500 bytes
      Loading 1/255, Hops 2

Traffic share count is a ratio used for load-sharing
This means traffic is load-balanced unequally:

So traffic is split roughly as:

  • ~62% via 10.13.1.3
  • ~38% via 10.14.1.4

The better path always gets more traffic.

To get equal traffic share counts the metrics must be equal

Once variance is configured, traffic sharing is automatic

EVENG login issue

root@eve-ng-pro:~# systemctl restart apache2
root@eve-ng-pro:~# systemctl status apache2

GE LX vs GE SX 

SDWAN LM Notes

SDWAN Basics & LAB Controllers / Edge Standup

in above, only vbond authenticates to the vmanage, every thing else authenticates to the vbond including vsmart and all wan edges

All are assigned certificate from vmanage but they all authenticate to vbond except vbond itself which has to authenticate with vmanage as there is nothing else

Step 1. First we install vmanage and add vbond to vmanage
vmanage then issues certificate to vbond
vmanage and vbond then perform mutual certificate based authentication and establish a management channel indicated by the grey arrow

Step 2. Then we add vsmart to vmanage and vmanage then issues certificate to the vsmart
you will see after step 2 vsmart information is uploaded to vbond (so vsmart can first authenticate to vbond)
vsmart then contacts and authenticates with vbond
after authentication vsmart will have management channel with vbond and vmanage

At this stage, if we have more vsmarts, they will learn about other vsmarts from vbond

Step 3. Either vmanage can sync with your smart account and download the list of devices
or we can use the serial file method which is offline method of importing devices

once device list has been uploaded to vmanage, it uploads this device list to all controllers (vbond and vsmart)
at this point all the controllers are aware of all the wan edge devices which will join

Step 4 When the wan edge device comes up it gets DHCP ip and contacts ZTP on a pre-defined URL
ZTP in this case is cisco’s online server that will have all the licenses generated will redirect the wan edge to organisation’s vbond
wan edge will authenticate with vbond
vbond will inform the wan edge about how to get to vmanage and vsmart

Step 5. wan edge will go and authenticate with vmanage and establish the management channel

Step 6. wan edge will go and authenticate with vsmart and establish the OMP channel

Step 7. wan edge will establish the IPSec tunnel with other wan edge routers

TLOC = System IP + Color + Encapsulation protocol

There are 3 kinds of routes
OMP routes
TLOC routes
Service routes

TLOC is maintained using BFD, if a TLOC goes down then all routes associated to that TLOC are removed just like next hop interface

BFD does more than reachability check, it checks for Loss (completely no response) , delay (delayed response) , jitter (variation in delay) as well also called path quality, these path quality metrics are then used in application aware routing

If there is a second vsmart, wan edge will have another omp peering with that vsmart

VPN number is tagged in the IPSec header so other router can land that traffic in same VPN

Configuration is not only pushed to wan edge devices but also to the vsmart
vsmart is also considered a managed device like wan edge router since it needs to be added to vmanage and applied configuration through the template etc just like wan edge device
once template is applied, devices go in something called vmanage mode and then we cannot configure devices from CLI (initially you can configure devices from CLI but once managed by vmanage you cannot)

Device template > feature template

As can be seen above
Centralized control policy (vsmart)
Centralized data policy (wan edge)
Localized control policy (wan edge)
Localized data policy (wan edge)

Centralized control policy is used to create different types of topologies

Centralized data policy is like route-map that is applied on interface effects the data packet directly, we can match packets based on packet header or application based matching which relies on deep packet inspection and take actions such as dropping packets, QoS classification, policing, change next hop and so on – but this is pushed by vsmart and lives in wan edge memory and does not really get added to the device local configuration, remember that from central keyword, anything that is centralized, its policies are in wan edge’s memory and not in the wan edge config

Localized control policy – this is effective or configured on the service side only, so if OSPF and BGP is running on LAN of the wan edge, localized control policy is needed

Localized Data policy is very similar to the Centralized Data policy, only difference is that is configuration is pushed and becomes part of wan edge configuration and is per interface

make sure when connecting vbond device to switch, it is connected using ge0/0 instead of eth0
this will save you a lot of troubleshooting time when standing up vBond

WINSERVER configuration

Setup same as https://learn.anasather.uk/masters/eveng/eveng-ccie-lab-and-megalinks/

Assign IP address as to Win server as below

Deploy NTP on Windows Server

https://www.domat-int.com/en/how-to-configure-a-local-ntp-server
https://docs.litmus.io/litmusedge/product-features/system/network/configure-dns-ntp-servers/configure-local-ntp-server

Configure the Windows Time Service

In the File Explorer, navigate to: Control Panel\System and Security\Administrative Tools
Double-click Services. This same task can be completed by entering services.msc in the Windows Run dialog (Windows Key + R).

In the Services list, right-click on Windows Time and click Stop.
Note: The Windows Time service may already be stopped. In this case, skip this step and go to the next step to Update the Windows Registry

Update the Windows Registry to Create a Local NTP Service

Launch Windows Run (Windows Key + R).
Enter regedit and click OK.

Navigate to the registry key: Computer\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W32Time\Parameters

If you do not see LocalNTP REG_DWORD in the list, create it using the following steps.
Right-click in the Registry Editor, select New, select DWORD and enter LocalNTP (note that this name is case sensitive).

Double-click LocalNTP, change the Value data to 1, select a Base of Hexadecimal , and click OK.
Do not close the Registry Editor because it is used in the following steps.

Update the Windows Registry to Configure the Time Provider

Navigate to the registry key: Computer\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W32Time\TimeProviders
Select NtpServer, double-click Enabled, change the Value Data to 1, select a Base of Hexadecimal and click OK.

Do not close the Registry Editor because it is used in the following steps.

Update the Windows Registry to Configure the Announce Flags

Navigate to the registry key: Computer\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W32Time\Config
Double-click AnnounceFlags, change the Value data to 5, select a Base of Hexadecimal, and click OK.
Close the Registry Editor.

Start the Local Windows NTP Time Service

In the File Explorer, navigate to: Control Panel\System and Security\Administrative Tools
Double-click Services.
In the Services list, right-click on Windows Time and configure the following settings:
Startup type: Automatic
Service Status: Start
OK

Finally, enable UDP port 123 on the Windows firewall for incoming connections.

In Search find Firewall in Windows Defender…
Go to Incoming rules
In the right column, select New rule…
Select the rule Port
Enter UDP port 123 and click Next
Select Allow connection and click Next
Select all domains
Enter the rule name, e.g. Local NTP server, and click Finish.

The local NTP Time Server configuration is now complete. You now can synchronize the time of other computers and devices on your local network.

To test the server functionality from another PC (e.g. a service notebook) use for example the NTP Server Test Tool:
https://www.ntp-time-server.com/ntp-software/ntp-server-tool.html

Configure CA Server

now visit http://[serverFQDN]/certsrv
http://win-vq08g6u98gf.or2.sys.cisco/certsrv/

SDWAN Standup

default username and password for vbond is admin/admin

vManage requires second hard disk in vCenter

We should know this if we are deploying for onprem environment

it needs to be 100G minimum

Make sure it is the master

During setup we can see the additional disk we added

vManage system configuration

Assign vmanage second hard drive , if this has not been done already

cd /opt/unetlab/addons/qemu/vtmgmt-20.9.1
/opt/qemu/bin/qemu-img create -f qcow2 virtiob.qcow2 100G
/opt/unetlab/wrappers/unl_wrapper -a fixpermissions
show version

conf t
system
host-name vManage
system-ip 1.1.255.11
clock timezone Europe/London
site-id 255
organization-name or2.sys.cisco
vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco
ntp server ntp.or2.sys.cisco 
! it is important to have ntp server and 
! have all controllers and devices with same 
! time because we are doing a lot of certificate 
! based authentication

! vbond IP is the only controller that you 
! define on each all SDWAN devices whether 
! controllers or vedge if you have 2 vBond 
! then it is good to add FQDN otherwise IP 
! address is ok, reason is that on controllers 
! we cannot define two different vbond IP addresses 

! always commit the configuration
commit
show running-config
vmanage(config-ntp)# do show running-config ! to see the commmitted configuration
system
 host-name             vmanage
 admin-tech-on-failure
 no vrrp-advt-with-phymac
 aaa
  auth-order      local radius tacacs
  usergroup basic
   task system read
   task interface read
  !
  usergroup global
  !
  usergroup netadmin
  !
  usergroup operator
   task system read
   task interface read
   task policy read
   task routing read
   task security read
  !
  usergroup resource_group_admin
   task system read
   task interface read
  !
  usergroup resource_group_basic
   task system read
   task interface read
  !
  usergroup resource_group_operator
! check configuration of a section while in that section 
vmanage(config)# system
vmanage(config-system)# show configuration ! t show uncommitted configuration but only under system section
system
 host-name         vManage
 system-ip         1.1.255.11
 site-id           255
 organization-name or2.sys.cisco
 clock timezone Europe/London
 vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco
 ntp
  server ntp.or2.sys.cisco
   version 4
  exit
 !

vSmart system configuration

conf t
system
host-name vSmart
system-ip 1.1.255.13
clock timezone Europe/London
site-id 255
organization-name or2.sys.cisco
vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco
ntp server ntp.or2.sys.cisco

vBond system configuration

conf t
system
host-name vBond
system-ip 1.1.255.12
clock timezone Europe/London
site-id 255
organization-name or2.sys.cisco
vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco local 
! this local keyword converts the vedge to vbond role
ntp server ntp.or2.sys.cisco

DNS server on Windows Server

Then create DNS A records

Add A record for vbond in or.sys.cisco domain

If we have a second vbond and it needs to be added then add another entry for “vbond” same as above but with different IP, multiple vbonds or vbond redundancy is supported by DNS roundrobin (default)

Add A record for ntp in or”2″.sys.cisco

Configure the (WAN , Transport) interface of SDWAN controllers

These interfaces are configured under VPN 0 and they are used to access the GUI by admins and outbound to edge routers communication using NETCONF (vmanage), for OMP peering (vsmart) and onboarding (vbond)

There is no such thing as LAN interface for these controllers

In Cisco cedge devices we do not have VPN0 instead transport uses Global routing table or default non vrf routing table

Configure vmanage vpn0 Transport Interface (vpn0)

conf t

vpn 0
interface eth0
ip address 1.1.0.11/24
no shutdown
no tunn
! we keep the tunnel interface down for now as it is used to deal with overlay or fabric till we have basic connectivity up 
! while within the vpn0 configure default route 

ip route 0.0.0.0/0 1.1.0.1
dns 172.16.32.11 ! configure this DNS if your vmanage has reachability to internet for automatic sync of device serial numbers from internet rather than offline import of serial number file, "Sync Smart Account" button rather than "Upload WAN Edge List" button

You cannot have interface ip same as system ip so they both need to be different

vManage(config)# commit
Aborted: ‘vpn 0 interface eth0 ip address’: Interface eth0 with address 1.1.0.11/24 & System IP 1.1.0.11 cannot be same in vpn 0

Configure vsmart Transport Interface (vpn0)

conf t

vpn 0
interface eth0
ip address 1.1.0.13/24
no shutdown
no tunn
! we keep the tunnel interface down for now as it is used to deal with overlay or fabric
! while within the vpn0 configure default route 

ip route 0.0.0.0/0 1.1.0.1
dns 172.16.32.11

Configure vbond Transport Interface (vpn0)

conf t

vpn 0
interface ge0/0

! Option 1: we need to keep this tunnel interface down for vbond's own onboarding to work

no tunnel-interface 


! or 

! Option 2: bring up tunnel interface but allow some services on it 
vpn 0
interface ge0/0
tunnel-interface 
allow-service sshd
allow-service dns
allow-service ntp

Allowed service are both inbound and outbound 
such as NTP will be outbound but SSH will be inbound

!--------------------------------
vpn 0
interface ge0/0
no tunnel-interface
ip address 1.1.0.12/24
no shutdown

! while within the vpn0 router, configure default route 
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 1.1.0.1
dns 172.16.32.11

ping vbond.or.sys.cisco

Download CA Certificate

Download in Base64 format

Rename this to root_ca

Access vmanage GUI but make sure you do using IP address and not FQDN, using FQDN it does not work and simply spins and comes back to login screen

Login as admin/Cisco123@

There is only one vmanage that is why we only see one on top summary

Upload root CA to all controllers’ trust store

WinSCP SFTP to the vManage

drag root.ca file to /home/admin folder

Do same for vSmart and vBond

Before adding certificate, make sure that basic system config is in place
the configuration that we configured earlier

Install root CA certificate chain in Trust store of Controllers

request root-cert-chain install /home/admin/root_ca.cer
vManage# request root-cert-chain install /home/admin/root_ca.cer
Uploading root-ca-cert-chain via VPN 0
Copying ... /home/admin/root_ca.cer via VPN 0
Updating the root certificate chain..
Successfully installed the root certificate chain
vSmart# request root-cert-chain install /home/admin/root_ca.cer
Uploading root-ca-cert-chain via VPN 0
Copying ... /home/admin/root_ca.cer via VPN 0
Updating the root certificate chain..
Successfully installed the root certificate chain
vBond# request root-cert-chain install /home/admin/root_ca.cer
Uploading root-ca-cert-chain via VPN 0
Copying ... /home/admin/root_ca.cer via VPN 0
Updating the root certificate chain..
Successfully installed the root certificate chain

Sync the root cert chain database on vmanage

https://1.1.0.11/dataservice/system/device/sync/rootcertchain

Add controllers to vManage

Add vsmart (credential managed)

Add vbond (credential managed)

so controllers are configured but we are missing very important bit

even though we configured Org name in command line, it does not get picked up automatically, so click edit to configure it

Add Organisation Name

or2.sys.cisco

Add vBond FQDN

vbond.or.sys.cisco

Controller Certificate Authorization mode

This is much simpler method as it uses Cisco’s Pre-installed Certificates

This root certificate can be same as the one added in the “trust store” earlier as this option is asking us to provide a root CA which will be used for “Authentication” for devices

this will tell other controllers vbond and vsmart to authenticate using this certificate

Now vmanage knows about the IP addresses of the controllers like authorization or whitelisting but they are not onboarded yet, before they can be onboarded on to fabric they need certificate that is signed by CA and this will be done using each controller CSR

Install certificates on vSmart and vBond through vManage

Generate CSR per controller from vmanage

Click on vManage three dots > generate CSR
even vManage itself needs a certificate

CSR for vSmart and vBond is generated and installed on vSmart and vBond
and it is then signed by our windows server CA, so when this cert is presented to vmanage, it can trust the presented cert
and once certificates are “issued” by vmanage to vbond and vsmart,
a certificate based mutual authentication will take place before controllers are added to fabric in vmanage

Click on download

same process is required for vmanage as well because vmanage also needs to issue certificate to itself

Copy and paste it to certsrv

Repeat same process of CSR generate for vsmart and vbond as well

Install Certificates

Follow same steps to install certificates on other controllers

in above screenshot we can see that “site ID” is still missing and “System IP” also
This has to do with tunnel interface, as the “site ID and System IP” are exchanged over fabric
so we need to bring up the tunnel interface with allowed services which are safe over WAN or internet such as HTTP and icmp etc, Allowed service are both inbound and outbound
such as NTP will be outbound but SSH will be inbound

vManage tunnel interface

vpn 0 
interface eth0
tunnel-interface ! DTLS tunnel
allow-service all ! only use all in lab for prod restrict services 

allow-service sshd
allow-service ntp
allow-service dns
allow-service https

vSmart tunnel interface

vpn 0 
interface eth0
tunnel-interface ! DTLS tunnel
allow-service all ! only use all in lab for prod restrict services 

allow-service sshd
allow-service ntp
allow-service dns
allow-service https

vBond tunnel interface

vpn 0 
interface ge0/0
tunnel-interface ! DTLS tunnel
encapsulation ipsec ! this is also required in case of vbond
allow-service all

after bringing up the tunnel interface we can see that system IP, hostname and site ID are present

we have successfully onboarded the controllers

vManage commands

show runn
conf t 
  system 
    show configuration
  commit

show certificate root-ca-cert ! to see installed root-ca cert
show ntp associations
show run vpn 0
show control local-properties

vbond commands

show orchestrator connections

one DTLS connection per vmanage CPU core with vmanage

show orchestrator valid-vsmarts

first one is vmanage and other one is vsmart

vsmart commands

show control connections 

Web certificate for vmanage

We will get the CSR

it needs to be signed by CA

for certificate to take effect, we need to reboot the vmanage
under maintenance, device reboot

Edge device onboarding

Virtual cEdge devices themselves do not have any chassis numbers,
in order to get those chassis number we need to go to software.cisco.com, on the portal we need to define the vbond IP (best to define FQDN for flexibility in serial file) and Org name.

There is a different process for hardware edge devices,
For Virtual devices we specify how many virtual devices we want to generate chassis numbers for.
If we have hardware routers then we have to enter the serial numbers, PID and certificate serial number from routers into the portal

Extracted serialFile_new.viptela

The file appears to be in a compressed binary format, starting with the byte sequence \x1f\x8b\x08, which is the standard signature for a GZIP-compressed file.

I’ll attempt to decompress the file and then read its contents. Let’s proceed.

The decompressed file starts with the text viptela_serial_file, which suggests it is a Viptela serial file (used in SD-WAN deployments). However, the rest of the content contains what looks like binary padding and possibly a tar archive header, indicated by terms like ustar.

This means the GZIP file likely contains a tar archive, not a plain text file. Let me try extracting the tar contents and see what files it contains.

The archive contains the following files:

  1. viptela_serial_file – likely the main serial/license file.
  2. viptela_serial_file.sig – likely a digital signature file to verify authenticity.
  3. cisco_cert.cer – a Cisco certificate, probably used for validation.

I’ll extract and display the contents of the main viptela_serial_file first.

The viptela_serial_file contains JSON data representing serial information for Cisco SD-WAN devices. Here’s a summary of what’s inside:


✅ Key Information Extracted:

  • Version: 1.1
    • Organization: or2.sys.cisco
  • Overlay Network: SD-WAN-3 - 388033
  • vBond Controller: vbond.or.sys.cisco (DTLS port 12346)
  • Timestamp: 2022-02-25 00:06:49

✅ Chassis & Serial Numbers:

The file lists multiple devices, each with:

  • Chassis ID (example: 4567A82E-54D1-FA17-E1A4-302781B96194)
  • SKU: (e.g., VEDGE-CLOUD-DNA, C8000V, CSR1KV)
  • HWPID: Hardware Product ID
  • Serial Number: matches the chassis ID in each case
  • No SUDI (Secure Unique Device Identifier) certificates included (fields are empty).

Create new DNS zone

Since the .viptella serial file contains org name as or2.sys.cisco but it vbond profile has vbond FQDN as vbond.or.sys.cisco, we will create another DNS zone

Right-click on “Forward Lookup Zones” (or Reverse Lookup Zones if needed)New Zone…

In the New Zone Wizard:

  • Select Primary zone (if this is the main copy).
  • Choose whether to store the zone in Active Directory (recommended).
  • Select the replication scope – all DNS servers in the forest.
  • Enter your zone name or.sys.cisco
  • Choose how to handle dynamic updates – secure and non-secure.
  • Complete the wizard.

Generate .viptela serial file

These devices PID and serial numbers will be empty when you first create Smart account and virtual account, once have been assigned chassis numbers and associated to the org show up as green and “provisioned”

This section is where we define the vBond info with FQDN or IP and Org info

You define the PID of the device, quantity of devices and the vbond profile – this allowance will be added to our .viptela serial file

After submitting this wait for devices to be provisioned status

once all devices are provisioned, click on Controller profiles

Select the controller version

Upload .viptela serial file

once file is uploaded, it will be pushed by vmanage to all other controllers

If we go to devices now

you will see available devices, this serial file has some C8000v and vEdge devices

Get rid of this annoying error message

Login to vmanage CLI

vManage# request nms configuration-db update-admin-user
Enter current user name:neo4j
Enter current user password:password
Enter new user name:admin
Enter new user password:C0mplex30
configuration-db
WARNING: sun.reflect.Reflection.getCallerClass is not supported. This will impact performance.
Successfully updated configuration database admin user
Successfully restarted NMS application server
Successfully restarted NMS data collection agent
vManage# Setting up watches.
Watches established.

This will restart the vmanage

LM Topology with Wan Edge devices

Onboard cEdge devices

https://www.networkacademy.io/ccie-enterprise/sdwan/onboarding-cedge-c8000v

Prepare the software image

When a Catalyst 8000V router is powered on for the first time, it boots up in AUTONOMOUS mode, as seen in the output below.

%BOOT-5-OPMODE_LOG: R0/0: binos: System booted in AUTONOMOUS mode

The router asks if you would like to enter the initial config dialog. We answer no. Just provide enable password and save configuration to NVRAM

% Please answer 'yes' or 'no'.
Would you like to enter the initial configuration dialog? [yes/no]: no
  The enable secret is a password used to protect
  access to privileged EXEC and configuration modes.
  This password, after entered, becomes encrypted in
  the configuration.
  -------------------------------------------------
  secret should be of minimum 10 characters and maximum 32 characters with
  at least 1 upper case, 1 lower case, 1 digit and
  should not contain [cisco]
  -------------------------------------------------
  Enter enable secret: ************
  Confirm enable secret: ************
The following configuration command script was created:
enable secret 9 $9$uYATfwi9sBtruU$A4/FPncLMnru9Oo4oQjaF89yHqrCXDJBp**********
!
end
[0] Go to the IOS command prompt without saving this config.
[1] Return back to the setup without saving this config.
[2] Save this configuration to nvram and exit.
Enter your selection [2]: 2
Building configuration...
Guestshell destroyed successfully ommand to modify this configuration.
Press RETURN to get started!

Install root ca cert on edge just like controllers – so it can mutually authenticate the certificate that is presented by remote device

You should have the Root CA certificate on vBond named root_ca.cer

The easiest way to install the root certificate on a Catalyst 8000v router is by creating a local file directly on the router using TCLSH, as shown in the following example.

In the highlighted section, you should paste the root_ca.cer using the “cat root_ca.cer” command in vshell mode from vBond.

cEdge# tclsh 
cEdge(tcl)# puts [open "bootflash:root_ca.cer" w+] {
+> paste root-cert-here
+> }
cEdge-1(tcl)# exit

In the end, you should have the root certificate in the cEdge router’s bootflash, as shown below.

Router# dir bootflash:
Directory of bootflash:/
31      -rw-             1315   Sep 3 2022 08:19:25 +00:00  ROOTCA.pem
131078  drwx             4096   Sep 3 2022 08:18:48 +00:00  tracelogs
131073  drwx             4096   Sep 3 2022 08:16:36 +00:00  .installer
28      -rw-              618   Sep 3 2022 08:16:25 +00:00  cvac.log
131112  drwx             4096   Sep 3 2022 08:16:24 +00:00  license_evlog
29      -rw-              157   Sep 3 2022 08:16:23 +00:00  csrlxc-cfg.log
...
...
5183766528 bytes total (3968655360 bytes free)

Now, it is time to reboot the router in CONTROLLER mode, which is required for SD-WAN. The router will notify you that a bootstrap configuration isn’t available, but we will continue anyway. 

Router# controller-mode enable 
Enabling controller mode will erase the nvram filesystem, remove all configuration files, and reload the box! 
Ensure the BOOT variable points to a valid image 
Continue? [confirm]
% Warning: Bootstrap config file needed for Day-0 boot is missing
Do you want to abort? (yes/[no]): no
 Mode change success

After the reboot, the router will boot up in CONTROLLER mode, as shown in the output below.

Oct 22 16:30:59.812: %BOOT-5-OPMODE_LOG: R0/0: binos: System booted in CONTROLLER mode

The last step is to install the root certificate using the following command.

cEdge# request platform software sdwan root-cert-chain install bootflash:root_ca.cer
Uploading root-ca-cert-chain via VPN 0
Copying ... /bootflash/ROOTCA.pem via VPN 0
Updating the root certificate chain..
Successfully installed the root certificate chain

If everything has gone smoothly, you should see our Enterprise CA Root certificate installed on the router.

cEdge# show sdwan certificate root-ca-cert | in network
        Issuer: C=US, ST=NY, L=NY, O=networkacademy-io, CN=root.certificate
        Subject: C=US, ST=NY, L=NY, O=networkacademy-io, CN=root.certificate

Now we need vManage to issue certificate to vEdge

Pick on C8000v device from the devices, click on three dots and click on “Generate Bootstrap Configuration”

#cloud-config
vinitparam:
 - uuid : C8K-A1AD735C-C4D2-CE60-6D88-01686AD4ED52
 - rcc : true
 - otp : 4a3a1eb353fc4b3b9a9c94baf06fd1f5
 - org : or2.sys.cisco
 - vbond : vbond.or.sys.cisco
ca-certs:
  remove-defaults: false
  trusted:
  - |
   -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
   MIIDnzCCAoegAwIBAgIQYJ1ACvIQRIlBAEITkoGNuzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFADBi
   MRUwEwYKCZImiZPyLGQBGRYFY2lzY28xEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNzeXMxEzAR
   BgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNvcjIxHzAdBgNVBAMTFm9yMi1XSU4tVlEwOEc2VTk4R0Yt
   Q0EwHhcNMjUwNzA2MjE1MjA1WhcNMzAwNzA2MjIwMjA1WjBiMRUwEwYKCZImiZPy
   LGQBGRYFY2lzY28xEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNzeXMxEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZ
   FgNvcjIxHzAdBgNVBAMTFm9yMi1XSU4tVlEwOEc2VTk4R0YtQ0EwggEiMA0GCSqG
   SIb3DQEBAQUAA4IBDwAwggEKAoIBAQCr6cjaoJz3vzgHlQ1hzhuy5WfIL/Ao0isM
   ltIaGL+Z+9WftM1hNh10YECbxR71+lIpQKyBQTXQz8Of4nycxHjoI3dQdUvEYb8H
   fysDXh4lYjQ60x82e5c7f1KPbD+AOhC31Zw1dgReMlPIuaa9LK903+z0FRnuCHaI
   EG/Z9uCmv3JC22NgL69hscZc+NUGymMy1iBPN8G4EBkgqNVZ+zlRf/adW0JxEdc6
   Sy53bp586/fXziRTW++jgdnhvfpn+VJ+BdG88/rEgMl7PUQE95lq4dih7qx0+OXu
   ihFwQQvFxvi3dyqWWc0C1RKHPHtYQFz8rRuBJrR+uzgc0lVhrNHdAgMBAAGjUTBP
   MAsGA1UdDwQEAwIBhjAPBgNVHRMBAf8EBTADAQH/MB0GA1UdDgQWBBQ/bI8yZeKD
   fgjmmeWorjGo25t5hzAQBgkrBgEEAYI3FQEEAwIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFAAOC
   AQEAdtt6aiABkDDg/mAlcZfFPHcqmEEvQaMPeBaUqvfZKNrFVO8GMb9kingZJ62n
   K05x5wE3tHy3jBmAl6eHZ/nUjXS11C06NwZMHpcDhty5BcDN08oEYdLF24upisNA
   aRLOBhyEtKI9VKLAWfMkpWYEd/dqgVWs67GjAFT0Osgva9QHbz24iT6/c09jbZMt
   41opmxacw8FFZcHMH9Afv1fIW9PwscrdlgjSSHR4XQLyDbyuDGsolzeh9PUVyPOd
   f+/LYkLwH9jVcHlxl4Oy7MHRPtcbG9T3+vQGLjSAXu3Ybrl2R9Tn/sz5lYs44EEB
   mqCxT00LxB3et6jAxJlEyE5vCw==
   -----END CERTIFICATE-----

We have to configure basic IP addressesing and default route and system configuration
we will also configure a DNS name for vBond, as recommended by Cisco.

config-transaction
 hostname R1-cEdge
 !
  int GigabitEthernet1
  ip address 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
  no shut
 !
  ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.250
 !
 system
  system-ip 172.16.0.11
  site-id 1
  ip host vbond.or.sys.cisco 1.1.0.12 ! cisco recommends adding this host entry
  organization-name or2.sys.cisco
  vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco
  
 commit

You should be able to ping the controllers at this point, If there is no IP connectivity between the WAN edge router and the controllers, there is no point in continuing further. You should troubleshoot the problem first.

 sdwan
  int GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel-interface
   color biz-internet
   encapsulation ipsec
 !
 interface Tunnel 1 !----> this tunnel interface number should be same as physical interface 
  ip unnumbered GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel source GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel mode sdwan
 !
  int GigabitEthernet2
  tunnel-interface
   color mpls restrict
   encapsulation ipsec
 !
 interface Tunnel 2
  ip unnumbered GigabitEthernet2
  tunnel source GigabitEthernet2
  tunnel mode sdwan

Router is now ready to join overlay fabric

Before the cEdge router can be able to join the SD-WAN fabric, it must have a device certificate signed and installed by vManage

this is the common rule for both controllers and edge devices, anything that needs to join fabric, requires a certificate issued from vmanage and mutual authentication

request platform software sdwan vedge_cloud activate chassis-number C8K-A1AD735C-C4D2-CE60-6D88-01686AD4ED52 token 4a3a1eb353fc4b3b9a9c94baf06fd1f5

Once you’ve done, you should see in the logs that vManage logs into the cEdge using NETCONF over SSH, generates a CSR, then signs it and install a device certificate. Then the cEdge router should establish an OMP peering with vSmart and start receiving TLOCs and OMP routes.

R1-cEdge#
*Jul 21 20:27:09.257: %SYS-5-CONFIG_P: Configured programmatically by process iosp_dmiauthd_conn_100001_vty_100001 from consol6
*Jul 21 20:27:09.523: %SYS-5-CONFIG_P: Configured programmatically by process iosp_dmiauthd_conn_100001_vty_100001 from console as admin on vty42946
*Jul 21 20:27:09.503: %DMI-5-CONFIG_I: R0/0: dmiauthd: Configured from NETCONF/RESTCONF by admin, transaction-id 558pong
*Jul 21 20:27:17.068: %SYS-5-CONFIG_P: Configured programmatically by process iosp_dmiauthd_conn_100001_vty_100001 from console as admin on vty4294l
*Jul 21 20:28:03.534: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36606  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:28:29.847: %Cisco-SDWAN-R1-cEdge-action_notifier-6-INFO-1400002: Notification: 7/21/2025 20:28:29 security-install-rcc severity-level:mi1
*Jul 21 20:28:30.030: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36688  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:28:43.152: %Cisco-SDWAN-R1-cEdge-action_notifier-6-INFO-1400002: Notification: 7/21/2025 20:28:43 security-install-certificate severity-1
*Jul 21 20:29:25.117: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-3-ERRO-400002: vSmart peer 1.1.255.13 state changed to Init
*Jul 21 20:29:25.343: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36822  for netconf over ss
*Jul 21 20:29:27.205: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-6-INFO-400002: vSmart peer 1.1.255.13 state changed to Handshake
*Jul 21 20:29:27.218: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-5-NTCE-400002: vSmart peer 1.1.255.13 state changed to Up
*Jul 21 20:29:27.218: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-6-INFO-400005: Number of vSmarts connected : 1
*Jul 21 20:29:41.535: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36882  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:01.736: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36928  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:23.576: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37006  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:33.557: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37052  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:43.535: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37078  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:48.611: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37108  for netconf over s:



R1-cEdge#show sdwan control connections
                                                                                       PEER                                          PEER
PEER    PEER PEER            SITE       DOMAIN PEER                                    PRIV  PEER                                    PUB
TYPE    PROT SYSTEM IP       ID         ID     PRIVATE IP                              PORT  PUBLIC IP                               PORT  ORGANIZA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vsmart  dtls 1.1.255.13      255        1      1.1.0.13                                12446 1.1.0.13                                12446 or2.sys.
vbond   dtls 0.0.0.0         0          0      1.1.0.12                                12346 1.1.0.12                                12346 or2.sys.
vmanage dtls 1.1.255.11      255        0      1.1.0.11                                12846 1.1.0.11                                12846 or2.sys.
R1-cEdge#
*Jul 21 20:27:09.257: %SYS-5-CONFIG_P: Configured programmatically by process iosp_dmiauthd_conn_100001_vty_100001 from consol6
*Jul 21 20:27:09.523: %SYS-5-CONFIG_P: Configured programmatically by process iosp_dmiauthd_conn_100001_vty_100001 from console as admin on vty42946
*Jul 21 20:27:09.503: %DMI-5-CONFIG_I: R0/0: dmiauthd: Configured from NETCONF/RESTCONF by admin, transaction-id 558pong
*Jul 21 20:27:17.068: %SYS-5-CONFIG_P: Configured programmatically by process iosp_dmiauthd_conn_100001_vty_100001 from console as admin on vty4294l
*Jul 21 20:28:03.534: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36606  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:28:29.847: %Cisco-SDWAN-R1-cEdge-action_notifier-6-INFO-1400002: Notification: 7/21/2025 20:28:29 security-install-rcc severity-level:mi1
*Jul 21 20:28:30.030: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36688  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:28:43.152: %Cisco-SDWAN-R1-cEdge-action_notifier-6-INFO-1400002: Notification: 7/21/2025 20:28:43 security-install-certificate severity-1
*Jul 21 20:29:25.117: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-3-ERRO-400002: vSmart peer 1.1.255.13 state changed to Init
*Jul 21 20:29:25.343: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36822  for netconf over ss
*Jul 21 20:29:27.205: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-6-INFO-400002: vSmart peer 1.1.255.13 state changed to Handshake
*Jul 21 20:29:27.218: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-5-NTCE-400002: vSmart peer 1.1.255.13 state changed to Up
*Jul 21 20:29:27.218: %Cisco-SDWAN-Router-OMPD-6-INFO-400005: Number of vSmarts connected : 1
*Jul 21 20:29:41.535: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36882  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:01.736: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:36928  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:23.576: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37006  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:33.557: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37052  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:43.535: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37078  for netconf over s:
*Jul 21 20:30:48.611: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:37108  for netconf over s:
CE-01#show sdwan control local-properties
personality                       vedge
sp-organization-name              or2.sys.cisco
organization-name                 or2.sys.cisco
root-ca-chain-status              Installed

certificate-status                Installed
certificate-validity              Valid
certificate-not-valid-before      Jul  7 05:58:30 2025 GMT
certificate-not-valid-after       Jul  5 05:58:30 2035 GMT

enterprise-cert-status            Not-Applicable
enterprise-cert-validity          Not Applicable
enterprise-cert-not-valid-before  Not Applicable
enterprise-cert-not-valid-after   Not Applicable

dns-name                          vbond.or.sys.cisco
site-id                           250
domain-id                         1
protocol                          dtls
tls-port                          0
system-ip                         192.168.254.1
chassis-num/unique-id             C8K-A1AD735C-C4D2-CE60-6D88-01686AD4ED52
serial-num                        588AA845
subject-serial-num                N/A
enterprise-serial-num             No certificate installed
token                             Invalid
keygen-interval                   1:00:00:00
retry-interval                    0:00:00:16
no-activity-exp-interval          0:00:00:20
dns-cache-ttl                     0:00:02:00
port-hopped                       TRUE
time-since-last-port-hop          0:00:30:51
embargo-check                     success
number-vbond-peers                1

INDEX   IP                                      PORT
-----------------------------------------------------
0       172.16.101.14                           12346

number-active-wan-interfaces      1


 NAT TYPE: E -- indicates End-point independent mapping
           A -- indicates Address-port dependent mapping
           N -- indicates Not learned
           Note: Requires minimum two vbonds to learn the NAT type

                         PUBLIC          PUBLIC PRIVATE         PRIVATE                                 PRIVATE                              MAX   RESTRICT/           LAM
INTERFACE                IPv4            PORT   IPv4            IPv6                                    PORT    VS/VM COLOR            STATE CNTRL CONTROL/     LR/LB  CON
                                                                                                                                                   STUN                  F
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GigabitEthernet1              172.16.101.200  12366  172.16.101.200  ::                                      12366    1/1  biz-internet     up     2      no/yes/no   No/
R1-cEdge#show sdwan control connections
                                                                                       PEER                                          PEER
PEER    PEER PEER            SITE       DOMAIN PEER                                    PRIV  PEER                                    PUB
TYPE    PROT SYSTEM IP       ID         ID     PRIVATE IP                              PORT  PUBLIC IP                               PORT  ORGANIZA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vsmart  dtls 1.1.255.13      255        1      1.1.0.13                                12446 1.1.0.13                                12446 or2.sys.
vbond   dtls 0.0.0.0         0          0      1.1.0.12                                12346 1.1.0.12                                12346 or2.sys.
vmanage dtls 1.1.255.11      255        0      1.1.0.11                                12846 1.1.0.11                                12846 or2.sys.
show run ! still works 
show sdwan running-config
vbond command: show orchestrator valid-vedges

Platform Console

The last thing in running Catalyst 8000V in a virtual EVE-NG environment is to change the console method after attaching a device template. 

Depending on your lab, you will most likely end up attaching a device template to the 8000V edge routers. What typically happens is that you lose access to the device via the console. This happens because, by default, the device boot up configured with the following command.

platform console serial

However, after you attach a template, vManage changes the console method to

platform console virtual

The “virtual” option defines that the 8000V router is accessed through the virtual VGA console of the hypervisor. To change the console method back to “serial,” you must configure a CLI add-on feature template and add it to the respective device template the router is attached to.

Changing IP address on WAN side of the edge device

I changed IP address on R1-cEdge on its WAN transport interface and it re-established connections to controllers and all control connections came up, I did not have to edit or change addresses in any of the controllers, that is good. I changed IP address from 1.1.1.1 to 1.1.1.2

ISR 4000 Conversion and Standup as SDWAN router for CCIE Hardware router provisioning exam topic

Do all below videos in their accordion sections

RS0138 – SD-WAN ISR 4K Installation (Part 1)
RS0138 – SD-WAN ISR 4K Installation (Part 2)
RS0138 – SD-WAN ISR 4K Installation (Part 3)
RS0138 – SD-WAN ISR 4K Installation (Part 4)

ZTP and PnP videos

RS0140 – SD-WAN ZTP and PnP (Part 1)
RS0140 – SD-WAN ZTP and PnP (Part 2)
RS0140 – SD-WAN ZTP and PnP (Part 3)
RS0140 – SD-WAN ZTP and PnP (Part 4)

R2-cEdge standup over MPLS (apparent no reachability to controllers)

Most MPLS setup do not have the internet access unless you pay for it and then provider can provide default route from MPLS, it will have an INET-R1 router that will route traffic for 0.0.0.0/0 towards internet cloud and allow connectivity to controllers on internet to be reached via MPLS network

Traffic for MPLS prefixes will be routed towards MPLS router and for internet connectivity will be routed to internet

Add basic configuration on R2-cEdge

system
 system-ip             172.16.0.12
 site-id               1
 organization-name     or2.sys.cisco
 vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco
hostname R2-cEdge
username admin privilege 15 secret 5 $1$dYK8$TukpN4hzNpia/JRlBkEjG.
ip host vbond.or.sys.cisco 1.1.0.12
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.0.1.1
interface GigabitEthernet2
 ip address 10.0.1.2 255.255.255.252
 no shutdown
 no mop enabled
 no mop sysid
 negotiation auto
exit
interface Tunnel2
 no shutdown
 ip unnumbered GigabitEthernet2
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet2
 tunnel mode sdwan
exit
sdwan
 interface GigabitEthernet2
  tunnel-interface
   encapsulation ipsec
   color mpls
   allow-service all
  exit
exit

commit

Untick validate – this validate option will make device status as valid directly skipping invalid and staging state, if you dont want to bring device in production straight away then untick validate

#cloud-config
vinitparam:
 - vbond : vbond.or.sys.cisco
 - rcc : true
 - uuid : C8K-AB8303D2-8707-6BBA-051F-8BB318E56660
 - org : or2.sys.cisco
 - otp : 5505e0f36e3e45e181c862471c35f18d
ca-certs:
  remove-defaults: false
  trusted:
  - |
   -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
   MIIDnzCCAoegAwIBAgIQYJ1ACvIQRIlBAEITkoGNuzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFADBi
   MRUwEwYKCZImiZPyLGQBGRYFY2lzY28xEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNzeXMxEzAR
   BgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNvcjIxHzAdBgNVBAMTFm9yMi1XSU4tVlEwOEc2VTk4R0Yt
   Q0EwHhcNMjUwNzA2MjE1MjA1WhcNMzAwNzA2MjIwMjA1WjBiMRUwEwYKCZImiZPy
   LGQBGRYFY2lzY28xEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNzeXMxEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZ
   FgNvcjIxHzAdBgNVBAMTFm9yMi1XSU4tVlEwOEc2VTk4R0YtQ0EwggEiMA0GCSqG
   SIb3DQEBAQUAA4IBDwAwggEKAoIBAQCr6cjaoJz3vzgHlQ1hzhuy5WfIL/Ao0isM
   ltIaGL+Z+9WftM1hNh10YECbxR71+lIpQKyBQTXQz8Of4nycxHjoI3dQdUvEYb8H
   fysDXh4lYjQ60x82e5c7f1KPbD+AOhC31Zw1dgReMlPIuaa9LK903+z0FRnuCHaI
   EG/Z9uCmv3JC22NgL69hscZc+NUGymMy1iBPN8G4EBkgqNVZ+zlRf/adW0JxEdc6
   Sy53bp586/fXziRTW++jgdnhvfpn+VJ+BdG88/rEgMl7PUQE95lq4dih7qx0+OXu
   ihFwQQvFxvi3dyqWWc0C1RKHPHtYQFz8rRuBJrR+uzgc0lVhrNHdAgMBAAGjUTBP
   MAsGA1UdDwQEAwIBhjAPBgNVHRMBAf8EBTADAQH/MB0GA1UdDgQWBBQ/bI8yZeKD
   fgjmmeWorjGo25t5hzAQBgkrBgEEAYI3FQEEAwIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFAAOC
   AQEAdtt6aiABkDDg/mAlcZfFPHcqmEEvQaMPeBaUqvfZKNrFVO8GMb9kingZJ62n
   K05x5wE3tHy3jBmAl6eHZ/nUjXS11C06NwZMHpcDhty5BcDN08oEYdLF24upisNA
   aRLOBhyEtKI9VKLAWfMkpWYEd/dqgVWs67GjAFT0Osgva9QHbz24iT6/c09jbZMt
   41opmxacw8FFZcHMH9Afv1fIW9PwscrdlgjSSHR4XQLyDbyuDGsolzeh9PUVyPOd
   f+/LYkLwH9jVcHlxl4Oy7MHRPtcbG9T3+vQGLjSAXu3Ybrl2R9Tn/sz5lYs44EEB
   mqCxT00LxB3et6jAxJlEyE5vCw==
   -----END CERTIFICATE-----

on R2-cEdge

request platform software sdwan vedge_cloud activate chassis-number C8K-AB8303D2-8707-6BBA-051F-8BB318E56660 token 5505e0f36e3e45e181c862471c35f18d

vEdge onboarding and configuration

Every time a new device is added to the WAN edge list, either via syncing from smart account or viptella serial file, we need to “send to controllers”, verify on vbond that new device is added to it

vBond# show orchestrator valid-vedges | tab

                                                                                                     HARDWARE
                                                                                                     INSTALLED  SUBJECT
                                                                                                     SERIAL     SERIAL
CHASSIS NUMBER                            SERIAL NUMBER                     VALIDITY  ORG            NUMBER     NUMBER
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0d7b4db2-d1c7-a10c-82aa-51133e50a3ad      56831d0a459a4d11adbebfb844115fe0  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        0D7B4DB2-D1
14d3598d-2f93-d5e3-ec33-ebb972a54a96      07b454f7f0694a1a8fdc3f59915d8e97  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        14D3598D-2F
38323e71-a386-a59f-6ec5-82fb08cdbc0c      6b81257104424bdc928e4c2fabfc0967  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        38323E71-A3
4567a82e-54d1-fa17-e1a4-302781b96194      eca16978e13744e2ac2edda6e33c9373  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        4567A82E-54
4c353382-ddc5-9ac0-d903-c07ce6fc19ac      e56d759ca369422c842d5ff98b370293  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        4C353382-DD
67f29d5d-4996-109c-bcab-cd14ec837a33      6950d355072b452bb0c3c6ee348e684d  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        67F29D5D-49
70caebef-8a53-a200-9a21-72c3ee424737      25936ef5caa74cff8a30118cba2e5595  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        70CAEBEF-8A
748d428d-ab9d-81d5-316f-fea7fb910d6d      2b31d2d21dc141b0b0b31cf87a028ddf  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        748D428D-AB
aafa211d-aee9-6dc7-ce14-829e5a025225      cc51993a8cfb46b588def2f923e09e66  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        AAFA211D-AE
b0cfb377-813b-5f02-69f2-5cd76d3c261f      930d0e37929f49f2ad1fbe3d23cc7c5a  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        B0CFB377-81
C8K-93E4A981-1B6A-5B49-0D59-4818588CA46A  9B10218D                          valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        N/A
C8K-A1AD735C-C4D2-CE60-6D88-01686AD4ED52  aac6851892a546edbc6c6b50b182ae96  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        C8K-A1AD735
C8K-AB8303D2-8707-6BBA-051F-8BB318E56660  1250E1E5                          valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        C8K-AB8303D
C8K-EFE0AD8A-3CFB-E448-0402-6108A06678C2  88c4c032d1d1413cbf66c72166e4b070  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        C8K-EFE0AD8
C8K-FF74B9C0-47EC-6B46-6F06-B63A33303C0F  3d4817593d9e42d19092a8a7804051aa  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        C8K-FF74B9C
CSR-0EA86B7E-AE07-0D12-86C6-93E64EA24C46  d843a0b45dbf4b7982c930e6c5c120c6  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        CSR-0EA86B7
CSR-11441782-E387-3A13-60D8-74FFCE54D959  7b5690b9065e44e1943c3e74e336625e  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        CSR-1144178
CSR-82981844-35B0-60A8-81A0-4E511A9FF6FA  08086272a4174295b0ec03095b39492e  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        CSR-8298184
CSR-BADCECC2-6CDC-1876-0072-0F9EAE28D879  fb7abe09c58e48daab91c73fe59a1bc1  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        CSR-BADCECC
CSR-CC7AD88D-16E7-27C4-1278-EC9520C8CCD4  d58d1b454b0f45a2a16bfbeeca1b1f28  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        CSR-CC7AD88
CSR-ED63ADBC-750F-E08A-5C4D-0DDEE109E9D1  46a30397d6b04e43a2b8d5cfa370126e  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        CSR-ED63ADB
ebebb4ea-fa4c-ba33-2287-f7b4d4c04b74      f6a307a61d4d4fceac7e2d45a45dc528  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        EBEBB4EA-FA
ff39e75a-8ee5-a214-6d15-3985fc7a9273      5718fec846484ba0b9fb0243c90fc62e  valid     or2.sys.cisco  N/A        FF39E75A-8E

For non cisco viptella based vedge onboarding this section works, this settings allows vManage to issue the cert or vedge to use the vManage as the CA and we will keep it to default setting vManage signed

configure BR2-vEdge

conf t
system
 system-ip 172.16.0.102
 site-id 102
 organization-name or2.sys.cisco
 vbond 1.1.0.12
 host-name BR2-vEdge
commit

vpn 0
int ge0/0
ip address 1.1.1.102/24
no shut
tunnel-interface 
allow-service all 
no shut 
exit
ip route 0.0.0.0/0 1.1.1.250
commit 

Make sure that we can ping hops and controllers

SFTP to vedge router and drag root.cer into it
because with SFTP you dont have to worry about the CLI prompt to be linux

Enter vshell and make sure that root ca cert is present as a result of the previous transfer

BR2-vEdge#
BR2-vEdge# vshell
BR2-vEdge:~$ ls -lapsh
total 32K
4.0K drwxr-x---  3 admin admin 4.0K Aug 17 22:31 ./
4.0K drwxr-xr-x 14 root  root  4.0K Jul 21 16:40 ../
4.0K -rw-------  1 admin admin    5 Aug 17 22:31 .bash_history
4.0K -rwxr-xr-x  1 admin admin  476 Aug 17 22:24 .bashrc
4.0K -rwxr-xr-x  1 admin admin  241 Aug 24  2021 .profile
4.0K drwx------  2 admin admin 4.0K Jul 21 16:40 .ssh/
4.0K -rw-r--r--  1 admin admin  564 Aug 17 22:24 archive_id_rsa.pub
4.0K -rw-r--r--  1 admin admin 1.4K Jul 21 06:06 root_ca.cer

Install root ca cert on vedge

BR2-vEdge# request root-cert-chain install /home/admin/root_ca.cer
Uploading root-ca-cert-chain via VPN 0
Copying ... /home/admin/root_ca.cer via VPN 0
Updating the root certificate chain..
Successfully installed the root certificate chain

Verify the root ca cert installation

BR2-vEdge# show certificate root-ca-cert | inc Subject
        Subject: DC=cisco, DC=sys, DC=or2, CN=or2-WIN-VQ08G6U98GF-CA
        Subject Public Key Info:
            X509v3 Subject Key Identifier:

We want vManage to install the certificate as it is not installed

now we need to obtain the chassis number and token from vManage for one of the devices of type vEdge

request vedge-cloud activate chassis-number 4567a82e-54d1-fa17-e1a4-302781b96194 token eca16978e13744e2ac2edda6e33c9373

show certificate installed
show control connections 

sort by state to see the installed edges and we will see latest vedge in there

color is set to default so we will set it to biz-internet

Control connections to vsmart and vmanage

BR3-cEdge

tclsh
puts [open "bootflash:root_ca.cer" w+] {
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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-----END CERTIFICATE-----
}
exit 

controller-mode enable 

request platform software sdwan root-cert-chain install bootflash:root_ca.cer

hostname BR3-cEdge
system
system-ip 172.16.0.103
site-id 103
organization-name or2.sys.cisco
vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco
ip host vbond.or.sys.cisco 1.1.0.12
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.250
interface GigabitEthernet1
 ip address 1.1.1.103 255.255.255.0
 no shutdown
 no mop enabled
 no mop sysid
 negotiation auto
interface Tunnel1
 no shutdown
 ip unnumbered GigabitEthernet1
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet1
 tunnel mode sdwan
exit
sdwan
 interface GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel-interface
   encapsulation ipsec
   color biz-internet
   allow-service all
  exit
exit

commit

request platform software sdwan vedge_cloud activate chassis-number C8K-FF74B9C0-47EC-6B46-6F06-B63A33303C0F token 3d4817593d9e42d19092a8a7804051aa

Filter Onboarded Nodes

Type “In Sync” in filter on top however it is typed such as “in ync” and onboarded nodes will show

Web Interface

Control Status tells us about the down control connections

Site health shows us status of all the IPSec VPN tunnels between sites

This tells us that BR1-cEdge has 3 tunnels up out of 4, one is down due to BR2-vEdge being down

R1-cEdge and R2-cEdge has 2 tunnels since both are part of same site and they have tunnels to internet based 2 branch sites (out of 3 as site 102 is down)

If we click on number 4 we see

then navigate to “Tunnels” and you will see all the tunnels from one router to remote routers

Navigate to “Real Time” > Device Options: Tunnel BFD Statistics

Inventory and CPU, memory and hardware health

If we click on 4 we see this

Onboarding cEdge “CSR1K” because vEdge is crashing, may be because of version 20.6.1, download new version

Router(tcl)#puts [open "bootflash:root_ca.cer" w+] {
+>-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
+>MIIDnzCCAoegAwIBAgIQYJ1ACvIQRIlBAEITkoGNuzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFADBi
+>MRUwEwYKCZImiZPyLGQBGRYFY2lzY28xEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNzeXMxEzAR
+>BgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNvcjIxHzAdBgNVBAMTFm9yMi1XSU4tVlEwOEc2VTk4R0Yt
+>Q0EwHhcNMjUwNzA2MjE1MjA1WhcNMzAwNzA2MjIwMjA1WjBiMRUwEwYKCZImiZPy
+>LGQBGRYFY2lzY28xEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZFgNzeXMxEzARBgoJkiaJk/IsZAEZ
+>FgNvcjIxHzAdBgNVBAMTFm9yMi1XSU4tVlEwOEc2VTk4R0YtQ0EwggEiMA0GCSqG
+>SIb3DQEBAQUAA4IBDwAwggEKAoIBAQCr6cjaoJz3vzgHlQ1hzhuy5WfIL/Ao0isM
+>ltIaGL+Z+9WftM1hNh10YECbxR71+lIpQKyBQTXQz8Of4nycxHjoI3dQdUvEYb8H
+>fysDXh4lYjQ60x82e5c7f1KPbD+AOhC31Zw1dgReMlPIuaa9LK903+z0FRnuCHaI
+>EG/Z9uCmv3JC22NgL69hscZc+NUGymMy1iBPN8G4EBkgqNVZ+zlRf/adW0JxEdc6
+>Sy53bp586/fXziRTW++jgdnhvfpn+VJ+BdG88/rEgMl7PUQE95lq4dih7qx0+OXu
+>ihFwQQvFxvi3dyqWWc0C1RKHPHtYQFz8rRuBJrR+uzgc0lVhrNHdAgMBAAGjUTBP
+>MAsGA1UdDwQEAwIBhjAPBgNVHRMBAf8EBTADAQH/MB0GA1UdDgQWBBQ/bI8yZeKD
+>fgjmmeWorjGo25t5hzAQBgkrBgEEAYI3FQEEAwIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFAAOC
+>AQEAdtt6aiABkDDg/mAlcZfFPHcqmEEvQaMPeBaUqvfZKNrFVO8GMb9kingZJ62n
+>K05x5wE3tHy3jBmAl6eHZ/nUjXS11C06NwZMHpcDhty5BcDN08oEYdLF24upisNA
+>aRLOBhyEtKI9VKLAWfMkpWYEd/dqgVWs67GjAFT0Osgva9QHbz24iT6/c09jbZMt
+>41opmxacw8FFZcHMH9Afv1fIW9PwscrdlgjSSHR4XQLyDbyuDGsolzeh9PUVyPOd
+>f+/LYkLwH9jVcHlxl4Oy7MHRPtcbG9T3+vQGLjSAXu3Ybrl2R9Tn/sz5lYs44EEB
+>mqCxT00LxB3et6jAxJlEyE5vCw==
+>-----END CERTIFICATE-----
+>}
Router(tcl)#exit

First stop the PnP service so that the SD-WAN software packages can install

pnpa service discovery stop

Once the PnP service has been stopped, we tell the router to install all underlying SD-WAN packages if necessary. Depending on the CSR1k software image, this may not be necessary.

request platform software sdwan software reset

The last step is to verify the software image using the following command

request platform software sdwan software upgrade-confirm

see that the sdwan software is ACTIVE and CONFIRMED as highlighted below.

show sdwan soft
VERSION         ACTIVE  DEFAULT  PREVIOUS  CONFIRMED  TIMESTAMP                  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.12.4.0.4480  true    true     false     user       2022-04-03T08:20:13-00:00  

Total Space:388M Used Space:87M Available Space:297M

in newer CSR1000v versions we dont have to do above and we can directly do

controller-mode enable

Once the router loads up with the SD-WAN software, we can go ahead and configure the minimal configuration required to join the SD-WAN overlay fabric. Notice that when the cEdge router runs in Controller mode (basically SD-WAN mode), we enter the configuration mode using the “config-transaction” command instead of the well-known “configure terminal” or simply “conf t”.

Notice something very important – the Tunnel keyword in the “interface Tunnel” command should always be with a capital T. It is not like in a regular Cisco IOS where you can create a new tunnel using the “interface tunnel 1” command.

config-transaction
 hostname cEdge
 !
  int GigabitEthernet1
  ip address 39.3.1.1 255.255.255.0
  no shut
 !
 int GigabitEthernet2
  ip address 10.10.1.1 255.255.255.0
  no shut
 !
  ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 39.3.1.254
  ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.10.1.254	
  ip host vbond.networkacademy.io 10.1.1.10
 !
 system
  system-ip 1.1.1.1
  site-id 1
  organization-name "networkacademy-io"
  vbond vbond.networkacademy.io
 commit
sdwan
  int GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel-interface
   color biz-internet
   encapsulation ipsec
 !
  int GigabitEthernet2
  tunnel-interface
   color mpls restrict
   encapsulation ipsec
 !
 interface Tunnel 1
  ip unnumbered GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel source GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel mode sdwan
!
 interface Tunnel 2
  ip unnumbered GigabitEthernet2
  tunnel source GigabitEthernet2
  tunnel mode sdwan
 commit

Install root ca cert through tclsh and same steps can be followed as C8000v

Template Configuration on Edges and Controllers

Highlighted config is the one we need to configure the template
Each “section” will need a “feature template”

Remember that we need to configure system, vpn 0 (routing table for transport) and interface feature templates

BR1-1-cEdge#show sdwan running-config
system
 system-ip             172.16.0.101
 site-id               101
 admin-tech-on-failure
 organization-name     or2.sys.cisco
 vbond vbond.or.sys.cisco
!
memory free low-watermark processor 68484
no service tcp-small-servers
no service udp-small-servers
platform console serial
platform qfp utilization monitor load 80
platform punt-keepalive disable-kernel-core
hostname BR1-1-cEdge
username admin privilege 15 secret 5 $1$3/FD$EA4V.gZeQ6hMyUG2ct/ax.
no ip finger
no ip rcmd rcp-enable
no ip rcmd rsh-enable
no ip dhcp use class
ip host vbond.or.sys.cisco 1.1.0.12
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.250
ip ssh version 2
no ip http server
ip http secure-server
ip nat settings central-policy
ip nat settings gatekeeper-size 1024
interface GigabitEthernet1
 no shutdown
 ip address 1.1.1.101 255.255.255.0
 no mop enabled
 no mop sysid
 negotiation auto
exit
interface GigabitEthernet2
 no shutdown
 no mop enabled
 no mop sysid
 negotiation auto
exit
interface GigabitEthernet3
 no shutdown
 no mop enabled
 no mop sysid
 negotiation auto
exit
interface GigabitEthernet4
 no shutdown
 no mop enabled
 no mop sysid
 negotiation auto
exit
interface Tunnel1
 no shutdown
 ip unnumbered GigabitEthernet1
 tunnel source GigabitEthernet1
 tunnel mode sdwan
exit
aaa authentication enable default enable
aaa authentication login default local
aaa authorization console
aaa authorization exec default local
login on-success log
line aux 0
!
line con 0
 stopbits 1
!
line vty 0 4
!
line vty 5 80
!
sdwan
 interface GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel-interface
   encapsulation ipsec
   color biz-internet
   allow-service all
   no allow-service bgp
   allow-service dhcp
   allow-service dns
   allow-service icmp
   no allow-service sshd
   no allow-service netconf
   no allow-service ntp
   no allow-service ospf
   no allow-service stun
   allow-service https
   no allow-service snmp
   no allow-service bfd
  exit
 exit
 appqoe
  no tcpopt enable
  no dreopt enable
 !
 omp
  no shutdown
  graceful-restart
  no as-dot-notation
  address-family ipv4
   advertise connected
   advertise static
  !
  address-family ipv6
   advertise connected
   advertise static
  !
 !
!
licensing config enable false
licensing config privacy hostname false
licensing config privacy version false
licensing config utility utility-enable false
security
 ipsec
  integrity-type ip-udp-esp esp
 !
!
sslproxy
 no enable
 rsa-key-modulus      2048
 certificate-lifetime 730
 eckey-type           P256
 ca-tp-label          PROXY-SIGNING-CA
 settings expired-certificate  drop
 settings untrusted-certificate drop
 settings unknown-status       drop
 settings certificate-revocation-check none
 settings unsupported-protocol-versions drop
 settings unsupported-cipher-suites drop
 settings failure-mode         close
 settings minimum-tls-ver      TLSv1
 dual-side optimization enable
!

Device Specific variables mean that value will be taken from us at the time when we attach the template to device
Global means that all the devices that are attached to this template will inherit same static value

Each section of the running-config will require a feature template

Enhance ECMP Keyring when turned on, also considers the source and destination port to calculate the ECMP

DNS and Static IPv4 routes will come under the GRT

If devices models are different then each device model will need its own feature due to difference in interface names > Cisco VPN interface ethernet template

if this color does not have reachability to controllers such as MPLS connection then make Maximum Control Connections to 0
Setting Maximum Control Connections to 0 on MPLS only sites caused loss of control connections to all controllers and because of loss of connections caused rollback because MPLS was only connection to site

Maximum control connections allow sites to have no connection to controllers (not just vmanage, but vsmart and vbond also) from that color, but still have “data tunnels” from that color

Exclude Controller Group List: This is group of controllers that you dont want the edge to connect to, this is important when we dont want edge to connect to vsmart in far regions.

vManage Connection Preference: by default is 5, a link with higher preference is used to connect to vmanage in case we have 2x transports because only one vmanage connection is established

Port hop
By default, WAN Edge devices (vEdge, C8000V) form control connections with controllers (vBond, vSmart, vManage) using:
DTLS (UDP 12346)
TLS (TCP 443)
So normally, traffic will keep using those fixed ports.

When Port Hop is enabled, the “WAN Edge” will not stick to just a single fixed port. Instead, it will cycle through a range of ports if a connection attempt fails.

  • DTLS (UDP):
    • Starts with UDP/12346.
    • If blocked, it will try other ports in the UDP range 12346–12846.
    • It keeps retrying until it finds an open port.
  • TLS (TCP):
    • Starts with TCP/443.
    • If blocked, it will try other ports in the TCP range 443–12443.
    • Again, hops until success.

This makes control connections much more resilient in restrictive or dynamic network environments where firewalls are doing inspections and rate limiting traffic

Sometimes port hop can be issue

Control connections on the router, you see it is up from last 4 mins and 12 seconds. It will again retrigger after completing 5 mins

NDNA_c8000v#sh sdwan control connections
                                                               PEER                  PEER                                     CONTROLLER 
PEER    PEER PEER            SITE       DOMAIN PEER            PRIV  PEER            PUB                                      GROUP      
TYPE    PROT SYSTEM IP       ID         ID     PRIVATE IP      PORT  PUBLIC IP       PORT  ORGANIZATION       LOCAL COLOR     PROXY STATE UPTIME      ID 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vsmart  dtls 10.10.10.11    1          1      10.10.3.5         12646 17.23.12.11    12646      NDNA-111     gold            No    up     0:00:04:12 0           
vsmart  dtls 10.10.10.12    2          1      10.10.3.15        12646 17.23.12.25    12646      NDNA-111     gold            No    up     0:00:04:12 0           
vmanage dtls 10.10.10.10    1          0      10.10.3.12        13046 17.23.12.88    13046     NDNA-111      gold            No    up     0:00:04:12 0  

checked again after like a minute now and you will notice, it is showing 8 seconds now which means it is bounced again. 

NDNA_c8000v#sh sdwan control connections
                                                               PEER                  PEER                                     CONTROLLER 
PEER    PEER PEER            SITE       DOMAIN PEER            PRIV  PEER            PUB                                      GROUP      
TYPE    PROT SYSTEM IP       ID         ID     PRIVATE IP      PORT  PUBLIC IP       PORT  ORGANIZATION       LOCAL COLOR     PROXY STATE UPTIME      ID 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vsmart  dtls 10.10.10.11    1          1      10.10.3.5         12646 17.23.12.11    12646      NDNA-111     gold            No    up     0:00:00:08 0           
vsmart  dtls 10.10.10.12    2          1      10.10.3.15        12646 17.23.12.25    12646      NDNA-111     gold            No    up     0:00:00:08 0           
vmanage dtls 10.10.10.10    1          0      10.10.3.12        13046 17.23.12.88    13046     NDNA-111      gold            No    up     0:00:00:08 0

For troubleshooting, move the router to CLI mode
First check the mode in which router is working, if we see below in red, the template is attached to the router which means the router is in controller mode.

Personality:             vEdge
Model name:              C8000V
Device role:             cEdge-SDWAN
Services:                None
vManaged:                true
Commit pending:          false
Configuration template:  AZURE-NDNA-V01
Chassis serial number:   XXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Move the router from controller mode to CLI mode in order to do packet captures on the router. Although it is recommended to capture using vmanage datastream mode
Once you moved, run the below script in order to capture the packets on the interface with the source and the destination IPs as shown below : 

!
ip access-list extended CAP-Filter
10 permit ip host 10.10.1.23 host 17.23.12.88
20 permit ip host 17.23.12.88 host 10.10.1.23
exit
monitor capture CAP access-list CAP-Filter interface GigabitEthernet1 both buffer circular size 25
monitor capture CAP limit pps 1000000
monitor capture CAP access-list CAP-Filter both buffer circular size 25
monitor capture CAP start
monitor capture CAP stop
!

Now run below commands to get debugs

NDNA_c8000v# debug platform software sdwan vdaemon all high
NDNA_c8000v# monitor logging process vdaemon internal

Once you run the above commands, you will see logs related to the interfaces
You will see that in debug logs , TLOC Disable … Why ?

2024/04/19 17:47:59.779970993 {vdaemon_R0-0}{255}: [event] [18342]: (debug): Disabling tloc GigabitEthernet1.
2024/04/19 17:47:59.780001093 {vdaemon_R0-0}{255}: [misc] [18342]: (ERR): Delta preference value added to TLOC pref.
2024/04/19 17:47:59.780003193 {vdaemon_R0-0}{255}: [misc] [18342]: (ERR): Sending TLOC: ifname:GigabitEthernet3 color:gold spi:18915 smarts:2 manages:1 state:DOWN LR encap:0 LR hold time:7000 bw:0, down-bw 0 range: 0-0,adapt period 0 up-bw range 0-0 up_fia 0 capability:0x3f

Check the interface for port-hop and you will see port-hop is enabled. Now disable the port hop and you will see the control connections will be stable

interface GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel-interface
   encapsulation ipsec weight 1
   no border
   color gold restrict
   no last-resort-circuit
   no low-bandwidth-link
   no vbond-as-stun-server
   vmanage-connection-preference 5
  port-hop

Check the control connection after disabling port-hop on the interface , you will see it is up from last 19 min. and stable. 

NDNA_c8000v#sh sdwan control connections
                                                               PEER                  PEER                                     CONTROLLER 
PEER    PEER PEER            SITE       DOMAIN PEER            PRIV  PEER            PUB                                      GROUP      
TYPE    PROT SYSTEM IP       ID         ID     PRIVATE IP      PORT  PUBLIC IP       PORT  ORGANIZATION       LOCAL COLOR     PROXY STATE UPTIME      ID 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vsmart  dtls 10.10.10.11    1          1      10.10.3.5         12646 17.23.12.11    12646      NDNA-111     gold            No    up     0:00:19:02 0           
vsmart  dtls 10.10.10.12    2          1      10.10.3.15        12646 17.23.12.25    12646      NDNA-111     gold            No    up     0:00:19:02 0           
vmanage dtls 10.10.10.10    1          0      10.10.3.12        13046 17.23.12.88    13046     NDNA-111      gold            No    up     0:00:19:02 0  

Now we can copy the template and also change its device model as well

Once you have changed the device model, make sure that interface names match, such as make sure that interface name is not GigabitEthernet0/0/0 and GigabitEthernet1, if it is different then change it inside template as well

on hardware models we also need to make sure that we have template for management gig0 interface to satisfy the requirement for device template on hardware platforms otherwise deployment fails, for managemet gig0 interface same template “Cisco VPN Interface Ethernet” is used and input its name from “show ip int brief”

Now create device template

This template is device specific + transport connectivity types specific

In case we have another transport interface, we can add another from plus icon next to the type of interface

In case we have to attach mgmt interface to avoid deployment errors on hardware device

Now we need to attach the device template to a device – C8000v that has internet only connectivity
And you do that from the template itself

fill the variables with following information from the running-config of edge device

deployment failed and it rolled back to restore connectivity to vmanage as edge lost connectivity to vmanage and also other controllers

As I checked the template, the default route was missing from feature template FT_C8000V_GRT

after successful deployment I was not able to login, so new AAA policy was attached

now I can login

Whenever there is a change made on templates, these changes need to be pushed to the devices
While making those changes there is an option to download the CSV and make bulk changes and then upload the CSV back
This is very useful when you have large number of devices

When making changes there is an option on the bottom left corner
Configure Device Rollback Timer

NTP Feature Template common for all edges

Login Banner Feature Template

Banner text new lines should be replaced with \n so it can be pasted in this box

************************************************************\n*                                                          *\n*   WARNING: Authorized Access Only!                       *\n*                                                          *\n*   This system is for the use of authorized users only.   *\n*   Any unauthorized access or use is prohibited and       *\n*   may be subject to criminal and civil penalties.        *\n*                                                          *\n*   All activities on this system are monitored.           *\n*                                                          *\n************************************************************

Local Disk Logging Feature Template

As log messages are in /var/log for troubleshooting

In case Syslog server is inside Datacenter and not over the WAN transport then we have to change the below VPN number and change it from 0 to service side VPN / VRF number of local site / datacenter in which Syslog server lives

SNMP Feature Template

Templates on Controllers

Remember that we need to configure system, vpn 0 (routing table for transport) and interface feature templates

but when device type vManage and vSmart, template types are reduced

with vmanage and vsmart selected we can have common feature template for system and vpn

vedge cloud is applied on vbond

we are more limited in terms of template when we select vedge cloud, vmanage and vsmart

Lets configure template for vmanage

SDWAN – GUI

This transport health is of different transports to transports and by loss by default

We can see that these are BFD stats telling us that BR3-cEdge (branch 3) to BR2-cEdge (branch 2) there is Avg Loss of 28.539 %, this is per connection as compared to color to color stats shown in “Transport Health”

It is displayed by loss by default

Monitor > Geography shows geographical location of our sites / edges
for now because we have not assigned any coordinates, it shows as blank

Monitor > Network
shows all network devices and all of their information such as names, states, system ip, reachability, site id, bfd tunnels, control DTLS sessions, version, up since, device groups etc

Clicking on one of the devices takes us into the device

we can see hardware inventory, power supply and fan info – reboot menu – CPU and memory

Hardware Inventory

DPI Applications – when traffic passes through router, traffic discovered applications show here
it is not showing as no traffic is passing through router

Interface shows all stats on interfaces

This is good place to check the admin / operational status of the interfaces

WAN throughput, Flows and Top Talkers as there are TCP optimisation features and are only available on hardware routers

It says “WAN Throughput is not applicable for C8000v”

It says “TCP Optimization Flows are not applicable for C8000v”

It says “Top Talkers is not applicable for C8000v”

WAN > TLOC

WAN > Tunnels

Control Connections

Events

Troubleshooting

Tunnel Health

Good for troubleshooting per tunnel health

Per tunnel health check for loss, latency and octets or bytes

App route visualisation

DPI is Deep Packet Inspection

This shows applications stats from site to site as previously we say per tunnel health, this options allows us to check beyond tunnels and applications stats after the tunnel

No filter option will show us stats for all traffic

Troubleshooting

It shows us that
1. edge was authorized by vbond
2. Software image update
3. Router configuration
4. Control plane connectivity established
5. Data plane connectivity established

in case edge is behind the firewall and firewall is blocking control plane connectivity

We also have option for ping and traceroute

Simulate flow allows us to see how our applications will route and which TLOCs it will pass through

Real time shows us any information that we can see on command line also

Some troubleshooting options are not available as we dont have Data stream enabled such as Packet Capture, Speed Test, and Debug Logs

We can add Alarm notification email as well

Now we move to events, Alarms are like syslogs generated and events are more detailed events

Audit log

We can see all the audit trail for who did what and what was pushed to which device

This comes in very handy as we can see ACL logs not just for one device but for the whole system

once a device is managed by vmanage, local CLI changes cannot be made on device
nodes which are PNP or ZTP enrolled are already in vmanage mode as at time of enrolment a template is applied and devices are vmanage managed
device manually enrolled are CLI managed as they are manually enrolled

one reason to convert from vmanage mode to CLI is to quickly test a command and then return device to vmanage mode, you dont even have to revert the changes made in CLI as we change back to vmanage mode, the changes made in CLI will disappear because configuration from template will be applied, if change test was successful then make that change part of the template

Device status must always be “In Sync”

To see if device communication is working with vmanage, pull its running configuration, if it works then we know that netconf over DTLS (control connection) is working between vmanage and edge

Template log is where we can see the changes

Decommission WAN edge – removes the edge device and puts chassis number back in the controllers so new virtual device can be assigned that chassis / token

Similar options for controllers

Templates
Device Templates
Feature Templates

Centralized Policy

Localized Policy

Security section where we can configure Zone Based Firewall etc

This is great when you want to quickly check something in SSH

Rediscover network if there is a difference in configuration between vmanage and edge device
Rediscover edge device to sync all those changes

Generate Admin Tech for support
Reset interface is to bounce the port

BR1-1-cEdge#
*Aug 24 02:18:57.042: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:47394  for netconf over ssh. External groups:
BR1-1-cEdge#
*Aug 24 02:19:00.560: %Cisco-SDWAN-RP_0-VDAEMON-3-ERRO-500012: Device does not have an active connection to a vSmart controller
*Aug 24 02:19:04.058: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:47412  for netconf over ssh. External groups:
BR1-1-cEdge#
*Aug 24 02:19:13.388: %DMI-5-AUTH_PASSED: R0/0: dmiauthd: User 'vmanage-admin' authenticated successfully from 1.1.255.11:47468  for netconf over ssh. External groups:
BR1-1-cEdge#

Request port hop color – Essentially, it forces a TLOC (Transport Locator) color hop so the device re-initiates connections using another WAN interface/color (for example: from biz-internetpublic-internet, or mplslte).
This is mostly used for troubleshooting and validating policies (e.g., checking failover between MPLS and Internet links).

Reset locked user is used to unlock admin

once a vmanage is switched from single tenant to multitenant then it cannot go back to single tenant

OMP , TLOCs and IPSec VPN

vSmart# show omp peers
R -> routes received
I -> routes installed
S -> routes sent

                         DOMAIN    OVERLAY   SITE
PEER             TYPE    ID        ID        ID        STATE    UPTIME           R/I/S
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
172.16.0.11      vedge   1         1         1         up       0:04:15:03       0/0/0
172.16.0.12      vedge   1         1         1         up       0:03:16:13       0/0/0
172.16.0.101     vedge   1         1         101       up       0:02:45:09       0/0/0
172.16.0.102     vedge   1         1         102       up       0:04:15:21       0/0/0
172.16.0.103     vedge   1         1         103       up       0:04:14:59       0/0/0
172.16.0.111     vedge   1         1         101       up       0:02:45:31       0/0/0
R1-cEdge#show sdwan omp peers
R -> routes received
I -> routes installed
S -> routes sent

                         DOMAIN    OVERLAY   SITE
PEER             TYPE    ID        ID        ID        STATE    UPTIME           R/I/S
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1.255.13       vsmart  1         1         255       up       0:04:17:40       0/0/0

All the TLOCs known by router, two repeating system IPs means router has transports / colors

R1-cEdge#show sdwan omp tloc-paths
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.11 biz-internet ipsec
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.12 mpls ipsec
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.101 biz-internet ipsec
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.102 mpls ipsec
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.102 biz-internet ipsec
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.103 mpls ipsec
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.103 biz-internet ipsec
tloc-paths entries 172.16.0.111 mpls ipsec

Full TLOC details

R1-cEdge#show sdwan omp tlocs
---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.11
                 biz-internet
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            0.0.0.0
status          C,Red,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         284
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         1.1.1.2
     public-port       12366
     private-ip        1.1.1.2
     private-port      12366
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        up        << BFD status should be up 
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           1
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000001
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.12
                 mpls
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         287
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         10.0.1.2
     public-port       12406
     private-ip        10.0.1.2
     private-port      12406
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        down
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           1
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000000
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.101
                 biz-internet
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         285
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         1.1.1.101
     public-port       12386
     private-ip        1.1.1.101
     private-port      12386
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        up
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           101
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000000
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.102
                 mpls
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         262
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         10.0.102.2
     public-port       12426
     private-ip        10.0.102.2
     private-port      12426
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        up
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           102
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000000
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.102
                 biz-internet
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         280
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         1.1.1.102
     public-port       12366
     private-ip        1.1.1.102
     private-port      12366
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        up
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           102
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000000
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.103
                 mpls
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         265
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         10.0.103.2
     public-port       12366
     private-ip        10.0.103.2
     private-port      12366
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        up
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           103
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000000
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.103
                 biz-internet
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         286
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         1.1.1.103
     public-port       12426
     private-ip        1.1.1.103
     private-port      12426
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        up
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           103
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000000
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

---------------------------------------------------
tloc entries for 172.16.0.111
                 mpls
                 ipsec
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     attribute-type    installed
     encap-key         not set
     encap-proto       0
     encap-spi         266
     encap-auth        sha1-hmac,ah-sha1-hmac
     encap-encrypt     aes256
     public-ip         10.0.101.2
     public-port       12406
     private-ip        10.0.101.2
     private-port      12406
     public-ip         ::
     public-port       0
     private-ip        ::
     private-port      0
     bfd-status        up
     domain-id         not set
     site-id           101
     overlay-id        not set
     preference        0
     tag               not set
     stale             not set
     weight            1
     version           3
    gen-id             0x80000000
     carrier           default
     restrict          0
     on-demand          0
     groups            [ 0 ]
     bandwidth         0
     bandwidth-dmin    0
     bandwidth-down    0
     bandwidth-dmax    0
     adapt-qos-period  0
     adapt-qos-up      0
     qos-group         default-group
     border             not set
     extended-ipsec-anti-replay      not set
     unknown-attr-len  not set

Interval for BFD session is 1000 msec

R1-cEdge#show sdwan bfd sessions
                                   SOURCE TLOC      REMOTE TLOC                    DST PUBLIC      DST PUBLIC         DETECT      TX
SYSTEM IP        SITE ID  STATE    COLOR            COLOR            SOURCE IP     IP              PORT        ENCAP  MULTIPLIER  INTERVAL(msec  UPTIME          TRANSITIONS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
172.16.0.101     101      up       biz-internet     biz-internet     1.1.1.2       1.1.1.101       12386       ipsec  7           1000           10 0:23:51:18   0
172.16.0.102     102      up       biz-internet     biz-internet     1.1.1.2       1.1.1.102       12386       ipsec  7           1000           10 0:00:48:47   2
172.16.0.103     103      up       biz-internet     biz-internet     1.1.1.2       1.1.1.103       12426       ipsec  7           1000           10 0:03:48:08   0
172.16.0.111     101      up       biz-internet     mpls             1.1.1.2       10.0.101.2      12406       ipsec  7           1000           10 0:23:14:16   1
172.16.0.102     102      up       biz-internet     mpls             1.1.1.2       10.0.102.2      12426       ipsec  7           1000           10 0:13:47:48   0
172.16.0.103     103      up       biz-internet     mpls             1.1.1.2       10.0.103.2      12366       ipsec  7           1000           10 0:12:48:23   0

on ipsec outbound connections destination IP will be of remote routers

R1-cEdge#show sdwan ipsec outbound-connections
SOURCE          SOURCE  DEST               DEST                        REMOTE           REMOTE           INTEGRITY                   NEGOTIATED
IP              PORT    IP                 PORT    SPI     TUNNEL MTU  TLOC ADDRESS     TLOC COLOR       USED           KEY HASH   ENCRYPTION ALGORITHM  TC SPIs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1.1.2         12366   1.1.1.101          12386   285     1438        172.16.0.101     biz-internet     ip-udp-esp       *****346f  AES-GCM-256           8
1.1.1.2         12366   1.1.1.102          12386   281     1438        172.16.0.102     biz-internet     ip-udp-esp       *****60d6  AES-GCM-256           8
1.1.1.2         12366   1.1.1.103          12426   286     1438        172.16.0.103     biz-internet     ip-udp-esp       *****d535  AES-GCM-256           8
1.1.1.2         12366   10.0.101.2         12406   266     1438        172.16.0.111     mpls             ip-udp-esp       *****bf3e  AES-GCM-256           8
1.1.1.2         12366   10.0.102.2         12426   262     1438        172.16.0.102     mpls             ip-udp-esp       *****8f3f  AES-GCM-256           8
1.1.1.2         12366   10.0.103.2         12366   266     1438        172.16.0.103     mpls             ip-udp-esp       *****863f  AES-GCM-256           8

on the ipsec inbound connections, source IP will be of the remote routers

R1-cEdge#show sdwan ipsec inbound-connections
SOURCE            SOURCE  DEST           DEST    REMOTE           REMOTE           LOCAL            LOCAL            NEGOTIATED
IP                PORT    IP             PORT    TLOC ADDRESS     TLOC COLOR       TLOC ADDRESS     TLOC COLOR       ENCRYPTION ALGORITHM  TC SPIs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1.1.101         12386   1.1.1.2        12366   172.16.0.101     biz-internet     172.16.0.11      biz-internet     AES-GCM-256           8
10.0.102.2        12426   1.1.1.2        12366   172.16.0.102     mpls             172.16.0.11      biz-internet     AES-GCM-256           8
1.1.1.102         12386   1.1.1.2        12366   172.16.0.102     biz-internet     172.16.0.11      biz-internet     AES-GCM-256           8
10.0.103.2        12366   1.1.1.2        12366   172.16.0.103     mpls             172.16.0.11      biz-internet     AES-GCM-256           8
1.1.1.103         12426   1.1.1.2        12366   172.16.0.103     biz-internet     172.16.0.11      biz-internet     AES-GCM-256           8
10.0.101.2        12406   1.1.1.2        12366   172.16.0.111     mpls             172.16.0.11      biz-internet     AES-GCM-256        

Service Side VPN , Site Local LAN

Setup VPN 10 VRF

This is to redistribute connected routes in OMP

This is to redistribute static routes in OMP

These IPv4 routes are for pointing at the LAN side networks

ECMP Keyring can only be turned on in VPN0

Create following new VPN Ethernet Interface Feature templates
Create Physical Interface GIG3 with IP address variable (so sites without dot1q switch can operate such as Branch 1)
Create Physical Interface GIG3 without IP address so sites like Branch 2 and Branch 3 can do trunk interface on router with dot1q switch
and finally create dot1q interface for Vlan 10 GIG3.10 with IP address and reduced MTU of 1496 to compensate for VLAN header on trunk

reduce the MTU to 1496

for dot1q interfaces we need to have Physical interface but without IP under VPN 0
and dot1q interface under service VPN

VPCS> ip 172.17.3.10 /25 172.17.3.1
Checking for duplicate address...
VPCS : 172.17.3.10 255.255.255.128 gateway 172.17.3.1

VPCS> ping 172.17.3.1

172.17.3.1 icmp_seq=1 timeout
84 bytes from 172.17.3.1 icmp_seq=2 ttl=255 time=1.393 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.3.1 icmp_seq=3 ttl=255 time=1.470 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.3.1 icmp_seq=4 ttl=255 time=1.429 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.3.1 icmp_seq=5 ttl=255 time=1.350 ms

VPCS> ping 172.17.3.10

172.17.3.10 icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.001 ms
172.17.3.10 icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.001 ms
172.17.3.10 icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.001 ms
172.17.3.10 icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.001 ms
172.17.3.10 icmp_seq=5 ttl=64 time=0.001 ms

VPCS> ping 172.17.2.1

84 bytes from 172.17.2.1 icmp_seq=1 ttl=254 time=6.716 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.1 icmp_seq=2 ttl=254 time=3.531 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.1 icmp_seq=3 ttl=254 time=2.678 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.1 icmp_seq=4 ttl=254 time=3.613 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.1 icmp_seq=5 ttl=254 time=3.625 ms

VPCS> ping 172.17.2.10

84 bytes from 172.17.2.10 icmp_seq=1 ttl=62 time=5.851 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.10 icmp_seq=2 ttl=62 time=2.274 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.10 icmp_seq=3 ttl=62 time=3.498 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.10 icmp_seq=4 ttl=62 time=3.398 ms
84 bytes from 172.17.2.10 icmp_seq=5 ttl=62 time=3.495 ms

VPCS>
VPCS> set pcname BR3-CLIENT

BR3-CLIENT>
BR3-CLIENT> save
Saving startup configuration to startup.vpc
.  done
BR1-CLIENT> trace 172.17.2.10
trace to 172.17.2.10, 8 hops max, press Ctrl+C to stop
 1     *172.17.1.1   0.351 ms  0.194 ms
 2     *1.1.1.102   1.300 ms  1.543 ms
 3   *172.17.2.10   5.741 ms (ICMP type:3, code:3, Destination port unreachable)
BR3-cEdge#show sdwan omp routes
Generating output, this might take time, please wait ...
Code:
C   -> chosen
I   -> installed
Red -> redistributed
Rej -> rejected
L   -> looped
R   -> resolved
S   -> stale
Ext -> extranet
Inv -> invalid
Stg -> staged
IA  -> On-demand inactive
U   -> TLOC unresolved
                                            PATH                      ATTRIBUTE
VPN    PREFIX              FROM PEER        ID     LABEL    STATUS    TYPE       TLOC IP          COLOR            ENCAP  PREFERENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10     172.17.2.0/25       1.1.255.13       9      1003     C,I,R     installed  172.16.0.102     mpls             ipsec  -
                           1.1.255.13       10     1003     C,I,R     installed  172.16.0.102     biz-internet     ipsec  -
10     172.17.3.0/25       0.0.0.0          66     1003     C,Red,R   installed  172.16.0.103     mpls             ipsec  -
                           0.0.0.0          68     1003     C,Red,R   installed  172.16.0.103     biz-internet     ipsec  -
BR3-cEdge#show sdwan omp routes 172.17.2.0/25 detail
---------------------------------------------------
omp route entries for vpn 10 route 172.17.2.0/25
---------------------------------------------------
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
path-id         9
label           1003
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     originator       172.16.0.102
     type             installed
     tloc             172.16.0.102, mpls, ipsec
     ultimate-tloc    not set
     domain-id        not set
     overlay-id        1
     site-id          102
     preference       not set
     tag              not set
     origin-proto     connected
     origin-metric    0
     as-path          not set
     community        not set
     unknown-attr-len not set
            RECEIVED FROM:
peer            1.1.255.13
path-id         10
label           1003
status          C,I,R
loss-reason     not set
lost-to-peer    not set
lost-to-path-id not set
    Attributes:
     originator       172.16.0.102
     type             installed
     tloc             172.16.0.102, biz-internet, ipsec
     ultimate-tloc    not set
     domain-id        not set
     overlay-id        1
     site-id          102
     preference       not set
     tag              not set
     origin-proto     connected
     origin-metric    0
     as-path          not set
     community        not set
     unknown-attr-len not set
BR3-cEdge#routing-context vrf 10
BR3-cEdge%10#ping 172.17.3.1
Type escape sequence to abort.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.17.3.1, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms
BR3-cEdge%10#ping 172.17.3.10
Type escape sequence to abort.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.17.3.10, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/2 ms
BR3-cEdge%10#ping 172.17.2.1
Type escape sequence to abort.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.17.2.1, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/3 ms
BR3-cEdge%10#ping 172.17.2.10
Type escape sequence to abort.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.17.2.10, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 2/3/6 ms
BR3-cEdge%10#exit

SDWAN LM Notes 2

SDWAN Licensing

DNA C/P – Cloud managed or On-prem

Bandwidth Tier is the bandwidth offered on edge devices by license starting from 50Mbps to 20Gbps aggregate (bandwidth combined uploads and download bandwidths of all interfaces)
for example if you have 2 circuits of 100Mbps speed from ISP, your aggregate for WAN only will be 400Mbps – 200Mbps for one circuit and 200Mbps for another circuit and in that case we will need Tier 1 license offering 400Mbps of aggregate bandwidth

Then comes the DNA packages such as Essentials, Advantage and Premier
Essentials cover most of the SDWAN features needed and recently cisco has also moved some features down from Advantage into Essentials package in order to stay competitive

HSEC is something we need to keep an eye out for
Higher end routers will come with higher HSEC tier but still good to verify what is on the device

For larger environments it is good to get Cisco Enterprise Agreement as we can get a better deal on hundreds of edge devices

Recommended resources for vManage and controller numbers / sizing

This starts by defining how many edge devices we have in the deployment and based on number of edge devices guide suggests to have vCPUs / RAM and additional VMs needed

Less than 1500 edge nodes will need 1 vManage, anything above 1500 edge nodes will require 3x vManage VMs

All services is a persona on vManage called COMPUTE_AND_DATA which is basically all services
A vManage with just a COMPUTE persona will only run vManage application, configuration and messaging but no Data statistics and vManage with with DATA stores statistics and data

Download software from cisco.com

we will select ova for ESXi VM

From version 20.8 onwards vManage minimum requires 500GB

and for new version of vManage – controller type should be SCSI and not IDE

make sure that organistaion matches exactly as mentioned in Cisco smart account otherwise there will be sync issues

BFD polling

Default BFD polling is 1000 msec or 1 sec

OMP parameters

If you ever have to make changes in OMP such as increase ECMP limit then perform it here

OMP timers

Shows what kind or routes are injected into OMP by default

Create loopback on MPLS routers and then advertise it on Transport side using BGP

Loopback interface

MPLS interface

Make sure color is set under tunnel section

Also make sure that Allow service all is enabled, otherwise BGP did not come up and I was troubleshooting it for long time, when testing telnet at port 179 I realised SDWAN router is not sending TCP response back to switch

BGP Configuration

MPLS#show run 
Building configuration...

Current configuration : 2669 bytes
!
! Last configuration change at 02:42:24 UTC Mon Mar 9 2026
!
version 17.12
service timestamps debug datetime msec
service timestamps log datetime msec
!
hostname MPLS
!
boot-start-marker
boot-end-marker
!
!
no aaa new-model
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!         
!
!
!
!
!
ip audit notify log
ip audit po max-events 100
ip cef
login on-success log
no ipv6 cef
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
vtp version 1
multilink bundle-name authenticated
!
!
!
!         
memory free low-watermark processor 80589
!
!
spanning-tree mode rapid-pvst
spanning-tree extend system-id
!
!
vlan internal allocation policy ascending
!
!
!
!
!
interface Ethernet0/0
 description INTERNET SW
 no switchport
 ip address 172.31.255.253 255.255.255.252
 ip ospf 1 area 1
!
interface Ethernet0/1
 no switchport
 ip address 172.31.255.249 255.255.255.252
 ip ospf 1 area 1
!
interface Ethernet0/2
 no switchport
 ip address 172.31.255.245 255.255.255.252
 ip ospf 1 area 1
!
interface Ethernet0/3
 no switchport
 ip address 172.31.255.241 255.255.255.252
 ip ospf 1 area 1
!
interface Ethernet1/0
 no switchport
 ip address 172.31.255.237 255.255.255.252
 ip ospf 1 area 1
!
interface Ethernet1/1
!
interface Ethernet1/2
!
interface Ethernet1/3
!
router ospf 1
 router-id 172.31.255.254
 redistribute bgp 10
 passive-interface default
 no passive-interface Ethernet0/0
!
router bgp 10
 template peer-policy CE
  send-community both
 exit-peer-policy
 !
 template peer-session CE
  ebgp-multihop 5
  timers 5 10
 exit-peer-session
 !
 bgp log-neighbor-changes
 neighbor 172.31.255.238 remote-as 65104
 neighbor 172.31.255.238 inherit peer-session CE
 neighbor 172.31.255.242 remote-as 65103
 neighbor 172.31.255.242 inherit peer-session CE
 neighbor 172.31.255.246 remote-as 65102
 neighbor 172.31.255.246 inherit peer-session CE
 neighbor 172.31.255.250 remote-as 65102
 neighbor 172.31.255.250 inherit peer-session CE
 !
 address-family ipv4
  network 172.31.255.236 mask 255.255.255.252
  network 172.31.255.240 mask 255.255.255.252
  network 172.31.255.244 mask 255.255.255.252
  network 172.31.255.248 mask 255.255.255.252
  network 172.31.255.252 mask 255.255.255.252
  neighbor 172.31.255.238 activate
  neighbor 172.31.255.238 inherit peer-policy CE
  neighbor 172.31.255.242 activate
  neighbor 172.31.255.242 inherit peer-policy CE
  neighbor 172.31.255.246 activate
  neighbor 172.31.255.246 inherit peer-policy CE
  neighbor 172.31.255.250 activate
  neighbor 172.31.255.250 inherit peer-policy CE
 exit-address-family
!
ip forward-protocol nd
!
!
ip http server
ip http secure-server
ip ssh bulk-mode 131072
!
!
!
!
!
!
control-plane
!
!
!
line con 0
 logging synchronous
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 login
 transport input ssh
!
!
end

Trunking configuration

This is the GIG3 template without IP variable – no IP address so we can configure trunking

This is GIG3.100 interface that will be trunking interface

but reduce the MTU on this interface by 4 bytes to 1496 to accomodate the VLAN tag

Now edit the device template

GIG3_NOIP will be assigned to VPN 0 transport VPN

And GIG3.100 will be assigned to the VPN 100 service VPN

VRRP configuration

Static route

Make sure that VPN supports redistribution of connected and “static”, if static is not enabled then static route will only be on specific router but rest of the routers or sites will not learn via omp

Also make sure that static route is marked as optional row

hostname SW-1002
!
interface Ethernet0/0
 switchport access vlan 100
 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
 switchport trunk allowed vlan 100
 switchport mode trunk
!
interface Ethernet0/1
 switchport access vlan 100
 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
 switchport trunk allowed vlan 100
 switchport mode trunk
!
interface Vlan100
 ip address 172.16.2.11 255.255.254.0
!
interface Vlan200
 ip address 172.16.4.1 255.255.254.0
!
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.2.1
!
SW-1002#show ip int brief 
Interface              IP-Address      OK? Method Status                Protocol
Ethernet0/0            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Ethernet0/1            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Ethernet0/2            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet0/3            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet1/0            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet1/1            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet1/2            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Ethernet1/3            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Vlan100                172.16.2.11     YES manual up                    up      
Vlan200                172.16.4.1      YES manual down                  down   <<<

Vlan 200 SVI interface was down and not coming up
because no access port is assigned to vlan 200

so I allowed vlan 200 on the uplinks to C8000 edge routers to bring vlan 200 interface up

hostname SW-1002
!
interface Ethernet0/0
 switchport access vlan 100
 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
 switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,200 <<<
 switchport mode trunk
!
interface Ethernet0/1
 switchport access vlan 100
 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
 switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,200 <<<
 switchport mode trunk
!
interface Vlan100
 ip address 172.16.2.11 255.255.254.0
!
interface Vlan200
 ip address 172.16.4.1 255.255.254.0
!
ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.2.1
!
SW-1002#show ip int brief 
Interface              IP-Address      OK? Method Status                Protocol
Ethernet0/0            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Ethernet0/1            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Ethernet0/2            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet0/3            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet1/0            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet1/1            unassigned      YES unset  down                  down    
Ethernet1/2            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Ethernet1/3            unassigned      YES unset  up                    up      
Vlan100                172.16.2.11     YES manual up                    up      
Vlan200                172.16.4.1      YES manual up                    up     <<<
C801-1002-DUAL#
ip route vrf 100 172.16.4.0 255.255.254.0 172.16.2.11
CSR-1004-MPLS#show sdwan omp route 
Generating output, this might take time, please wait ...
Code:
C   -> chosen
I   -> installed
Red -> redistributed
Rej -> rejected
L   -> looped
R   -> resolved
S   -> stale
Ext -> extranet
Inv -> invalid
Stg -> staged
IA  -> On-demand inactive
U   -> TLOC unresolved
                                            PATH                      ATTRIBUTE                                                       
VPN    PREFIX              FROM PEER        ID     LABEL    STATUS    TYPE       TLOC IP          COLOR            ENCAP  PREFERENCE  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100    172.16.0.0/23       22.22.22.22      6      1003     C,I,R     installed  13.13.13.13      biz-internet     ipsec  -           
100    172.16.2.0/23       22.22.22.22      7      1004     C,I,R     installed  12.12.12.12      mpls             ipsec  -           
                           22.22.22.22      8      1004     C,I,R     installed  12.12.12.12      biz-internet     ipsec  -           
                           22.22.22.22      19     1004     C,I,R     installed  11.11.11.11      mpls             ipsec  -           
                           22.22.22.22      20     1004     C,I,R     installed  11.11.11.11      biz-internet     ipsec  -           
100    172.16.4.0/23   >>> 22.22.22.22      19     1004     C,I,R     installed  11.11.11.11      mpls             ipsec  -           
                       >>> 22.22.22.22      20     1004     C,I,R     installed  11.11.11.11      biz-internet     ipsec  -           
                       >>> 22.22.22.22      27     1004     C,I,R     installed  12.12.12.12      mpls             ipsec  -           
                       >>> 22.22.22.22      29     1004     C,I,R     installed  12.12.12.12      biz-internet     ipsec  -           
100    172.16.8.0/23       0.0.0.0          66     1003     C,Red,R   installed  16.16.16.16      mpls             ipsec  -           
C801-1002-DUAL#show ip route vrf 100 

Routing Table: 100

Gateway of last resort is not set

      172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 2 masks
m        172.16.0.0/23 [251/0] via 13.13.13.13, 03:50:11, Sdwan-system-intf
C        172.16.2.0/23 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet3.100
L        172.16.2.2/32 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet3.100
S        172.16.4.0/23 [1/0] via 172.16.2.11
m        172.16.8.0/23 [251/0] via 16.16.16.16, 03:50:11, Sdwan-system-intf
C801-1002-DUAL# 

EIGRP Serviceside configuration

We will have to redistribute OMP routes into EIGRP in order to make sure that internal switch SW1 can ping remote site switches and remote destinations / subnets

We need to have EIGRP enabled on service side LAN interfaces and also on the loopback

one network for physical interface

another network for loopback interface

Now we need to specify the interface in GUI and that is for doing no passive interface

now we need to enable authentication

Rest of the configuration such as Hello time and hold time are left at defaults

Authentication

Attach EIGRP template to VPN

hello and hold time can be seen and also other EIGRP configuration that is being added

Neighborship on router will be on the vrf

but other remote sites are not learning EIGRP routes because we imported or redistributed OMP into EIGRP but not EIGRP into OMP

Now we are receiving EIGRP routes in OMP

router eigrp 1
 network 172.16.2.1 0.0.0.0 
 network 172.16.3.1 0.0.0.0 
 network 172.16.16.1 0.0.0.0 
 redistribute connected
 redistribute static route-map STATIC2EIGRP
 passive-interface default 
 no passive-interface GigabitEthernet1/0/2
 no passive-interface GigabitEthernet1/0/5
 eigrp router-id 172.16.0.1

interface GigabitEthernet1/0/2
 no switchport 
 ip address 172.16.2.1 255.255.255.252
 ip authentication mode eigrp 1 md5
 ip authentication key-chain eigrp 1 KEY_EIGRP

OSPF Serviceside configuration

Neighborship was not coming up so I had to add this in CLI template

interface GigabitEthernet3.100
ip ospf mtu-ignore

no logging console

platform console serial

SDWAN OSPF pushed configuration

router ospf 100 vrf 100
auto-cost reference-bandwidth 100
compatible rfc1583
distance ospf intra-area 110 inter-area 110 external 110
no local-rib-criteria
router-id 11.11.11.11
timers throttle spf 200 1000 10000

interface GigabitEthernet3.100
ip ospf 100 area 0
ip ospf authentication message-digest
ip ospf dead-interval 40
ip ospf hello-interval 10
ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 0 cisco
ip ospf network broadcast
ip ospf priority    1
ip ospf retransmit-interval 5

interface GigabitEthernet3.100 ! <<< coming from CLI template
ip ospf mtu-ignore

Switch OSPF configuration

router ospf 1 
 router-id 172.16.2.11
 no auto-cost 
 area 0 authentication message-digest
 ! redistribute connected
 passive-interface default 
 no passive-interface Vlan100
 network 172.16.2.11 0.0.0.0 area 0
 network 172.16.10.1 0.0.0.0 area 0

interface Vlan100
 ip address 172.16.2.11 255.255.254.0
 ip ospf authentication message-digest
 ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 cisco
 ip ospf mtu-ignore

Troubleshooting OMP route flow

This is much faster way of troubleshooting the routes instead of logging into each device CLI
This is also a quicker way of finding out whether a route is blocked by a policy inbound or outbound

See if local router advertised it to vsmart or not

We can use filter to limit the results

now we go to vsmart

Check if vsmart received it

Check if vsmart advertised it to other edges

lets go to end router

check if received it

always pay attention to the status column to see if received routes have been installed or not
and that could be because of TLOC being down or route being less preferred
CIR means Chosen , Installed , Resolved

BFD configuration for transport facing IOS-XE peerings

Here we are talking about the IOS-XE BFD and not the BFD that runs over the overlay tunnels
This BFD runs over the router interfaces to quickly detect link failure
When we tie this BFD with routing protocol, it allows routing protocol to react to change much faster rather than its default protocol timer, BFD support started in version 17.3

CSR-1001-INET#show version
Cisco IOS XE Software, Version 17.03.05

This BFD tieing to protocol can be done with BGP, EIGRP and OSPF
This can be applied to physical interfaces , SVI or sub interfaces
It works on service and transport side so we can use BFD on BGP peering with MPLS router to provide fast failure detection

As of 20.8 this is not supported in a feature template so we need to use CLI template

A test was carried out and an interface facing the edge node with bgp peering to this MPLS PE router was shut, but on edge node because this is not a direct connection the peering still showed as up for some time (hold time of 180 seconds) and this edge node could ping IP of its interface but could not reach the next hop IP of the MPLS router, so BGP neighborship should have gone down but it did not and it was blackholing the traffic for some time (hold time of 180 seconds) – this is where BFD is implemented

bfd-template single-hop BFD
 interval min-tx 1000 min-rx 1000 multiplier 3
! BFD type single hop is used to monitor directly connected devices
! with single hop Neighbor must be directly connected
! Send BFD packets every 1 sec
! Expect to receive BFD packets every 1 sec
! If 3 packets are missed, the neighbor is declared down

interface GigabitEthernet1 
bfd template BFD

! BFD will be applied on this interface 
! but any protocol "originating" from this interface can use this BFD session

router bgp 10
neighbor 172.31.255.250 fall-over bfd
! telling BGP to use bfd result of the BGP interface 

IOS-XE configuration

bfd-template single-hop BFD
 interval min-tx 1000 min-rx 1000 multiplier 3

interface Ethernet0/1
 description MPLS CE
 bfd template BFD
!
interface Ethernet0/2
 description MPLS CE
 bfd template BFD
!
interface Ethernet0/3
 description MPLS CE
 bfd template BFD
!
interface Ethernet1/0
 description MPLS CE
 bfd template BFD


router bgp 10
 template peer-policy CE
  send-community both
 exit-peer-policy
 !
 template peer-session CE
  ebgp-multihop 5
  timers 5 10
  fall-over bfd <<<

show bfd summary 
show bfd interface 
show bfd neighbors

SDWAN CLI template configuration

BFD is attached to physical interface and not tunnel interface, because tunnel interface already has SDWAN version of BFD running

interface GigabitEthernet3.100
ip ospf mtu-ignore

bfd-template single-hop BFD
 interval min-tx 1000 min-rx 1000 multiplier 3

interface GigabitEthernet1
 bfd template BFD

router bgp {{as_num_cli}}
 neighbor {{bgp_peer_ip_cli}} fall-over bfd

sdwan
 interface GigabitEthernet1
  tunnel-interface
  allow-service bfd

no logging console

platform console serial

TLOC extension

We could have an INET switch span internet vlan between 2 edge routers but issue is that ISP only provides one internet IP address to use

TLOC extension allows us to share or use one of the colors or WAN transport from another router and build IPSEC / BFD over it
All we need is a way for a router to router connection and there are few options

  1. Back to back connections per transport for example 1 back to back link on Gig4 for Internet and 1 back to back link on Gig5 for MPLS
  2. Only one back to back connection but use sub interfaces per transport
  3. and least preferred option in case you dont have any spare interfaces, is to do sub interfaces on LAN side of the router and use that as the TLOC extension

We are also not allowed to have tloc extension from tunnel interface that is why we either need dedicated interfaces / sub interfaces or we need sub interfaces on LAN interface

Notice that red are tunnels and green is TLOC extension
once a transport is extended via TLOC extension (green dot) and as it terminates on another router (red dot) that red dot becomes the tunnel interface / color

One thing to take care of on MPLS is that we need to advertise the TLOC subnet for MPLS into MPLS network
on the internet side we dont have to advertise the private TLOC subnet, instead everything will be NATed behind internet interface

more…

coming soon

ThousandEyes Enterprise Agent

https://docs.thousandeyes.com/product-documentation/global-vantage-points/enterprise-agents/installing/cisco-devices/installation-methods/installing-enterprise-agents-on-cisco-switches-with-docker

How to install a ThousandEyes Enterprise Agent on a Cisco Catalyst 9000-series switch with Docker

The Cisco IOS XE 16.12.1 release introduced native Docker container hosted on internal flash (in case of no SSD)

Containers connects into the management interface’s network using an internal bridge and also connects to data ports using another seperate internal bridge

Downloading Docker Image

Download the Docker image from the ThousandEyes dashboard and copy it to your Cisco switch using SCP, FTP, TFTP, or USB storage.

If the switch has internet access, download the image directly onto the switch. Download the package from the ThousandEyes downloads site.

Log in to the ThousandEyes platform using a login belonging to the account group that will be associated with the appliance.

Go to Network & App Synthetics > Agent Settings and click Add New Enterprise Agent.

Download the .tar file with the ThousandEyes appliance for Catalyst 9000-series switches.

Use SCP, FTP, TFTP, or USB storage to copy the signed Docker image to the switch’s flash: directory.

copy scp://thousandeyes@10.100.21.239/thousandeyes-enterprise-agent-4.4.2.cisco.tar flash:

Run a checksum (md5) command to verify that the package transfer was successful. The md5 output should match 14b88bfc3ec75a2ff4414d8f39106a29:

catalyst#verify /md5 flash:thousandeyes-enterprise-agent-4.4.2.cisco.tar
-----------------------------------------------------------
verify /md5 (flash:thousandeyes-enterprise-agent-4.4.2.cisco.tar) = 14b88bfc3ec75a2ff4414d8f39106a29

Installing the Docker Container

Enable the IOx framework on the switch:

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
catalyst(config)#iox
catalyst(config)#end

Wait until all the services are running:

catalyst#show iox-service
​IOx Infrastructure Summary:
---------------------------
IOx service (CAF) 1.11.0.5     : Running
IOx service (HA)               : Running
IOx service (IOxman)           : Running
IOx service (Sec storage)      : Not Running
Libvirtd 1.3.4                 : Running
Dockerd 18.03.0                : Running
Application DB Sync Info       : Available
Sync Status                    : Disabled

Run the install command:

catalyst#app-hosting install appid <app-name> package flash:thousandeyes-enterprise-agent-4.4.2.cisco.tar

Specify your desired app name and the location of the image file you want to use. In this example, we use thousandeyes_enterprise_agent.

Downloading image directly from ThousandEyes

catalyst#app-hosting install appid <app-name> package https://downloads.thousandeyes.com/enterprise-agent/thousandeyes-enterprise-agent-4.4.2.cisco.tar

Your application should now be installed. You can check on it by running the following:

catalyst#sh app-hosting list
App id State
thousandeyes_enterprise_agent DEPLOYED

Configuring the Docker Container

Configure a single virtual network interface card (vNIC) for the appliance
Docker container supports both static IP assignment (Guest IP address) or dynamic IP address

Verify that the front panel data port is running, with Layer-2 VLAN allowed from uplink:

catalyst(config)#interface GigabitEthernet1/0/13
catalyst(config-if)#description Uplink MGMT
catalyst(config-if)#switchport access vlan 21

Verify that the Layer-2 VLAN is created:

catalyst(config)#vlan 21

Configure the AppGigabitEthernet port to allow Layer-2 VLAN:

catalyst(config)#interface AppGigabitEthernet1/0/1
catalyst(config-if)#switchport trunk allowed vlan 21,22,23,24
catalyst(config-if)#switchport mode trunk

Configure the application, either with a static IP or with DHCP IP.

Configuration with Static IP and Gateway

Use a guest IP address to assign a static IP address. In this example, assign 10.100.21.222/24, under VLAN 21 and use Google resolver:

catalyst(config)#app-hosting appid thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#app-vnic AppGigabitEthernet trunk
catalyst(config-config-app-hosting-trunk)#vlan 21 guest-interface 0
catalyst(config-config-app-hosting-vlan-access-ip)#guest-ipaddress 10.100.21.222 netmask 255.255.255.0
catalyst(config-config-app-hosting-vlan-access-ip)#exit
catalyst(config-config-app-hosting-trunk)#exit
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#app-default-gateway 10.100.21.1 guest-interface 0
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#name-server0 8.8.8.8
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#name-server1 8.8.4.4

Setup run options
Next, set up the required Docker run options to specify account token. If you want to specify a hostname other than the switch’s name, do this here as well:

catalyst(config-app-hosting)#app-resource docker
catalyst(config-app-hosting-docker)#prepend-pkg-opts
catalyst(config-app-hosting-docker)#run-opts 1 "-e TEAGENT_ACCOUNT_TOKEN=<Token>"
catalyst(config-app-hosting-docker)#run-opts 2 "--hostname Cisco-Docker"
catalyst(config-app-hosting-docker)#exit
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#start
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#end

Configuration with DHCP IP

Read more on https://docs.thousandeyes.com/product-documentation/global-vantage-points/enterprise-agents/installing/cisco-devices/installation-methods/installing-enterprise-agents-on-cisco-switches-with-docker

Use wr mem to ensure that your configuration changes have persisted across reboots:

catalyst#wr mem
Building configuration…
[OK]

Verifying That the Docker Container Is Running

With the (config-app-hosting)#start command, the Docker container should have been started and should be running.

Verify this by running the following:

catalyst# sh app-hosting list
App id                                   State
---------------------------------------------------------
thousandeyes_enterprise_agent            RUNNING

Verify the Docker container’s details:

catalyst#show app-hosting detail appid thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
App id                 : thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
Owner                  : iox
State                  : RUNNING
Application
   Type                 : docker
   Name                 : ThousandEyes Enterprise Agent
   Version              : 4.4.2
   Description          : 
   Author               : ThousandEyes <support@thousandeyes.com>
   Path                 : flash:thousandeyes-enterprise-agent-4.4.2.cisco.tar
   URL Path             : 
Activated profile name : custom

Resource reservation
  Memory               : 500 MB
  Disk                 : 1 MB
  CPU                  : 1850 units
  VCPU                 : 1
Attached devices
  Type              Name               Alias
---------------------------------------------
  serial/shell     iox_console_shell   serial0
  serial/aux       iox_console_aux     serial1
  serial/syslog    iox_syslog          serial2
  serial/trace     iox_trace           serial3

Network interfaces
  ---------------------------------------
eth0:
  MAC address         : 52:54:dd:d:38:3d
  Network name        : mgmt-bridge-v21
Docker
------
Run-time information
  Command              :
  Entry-point          : /sbin/my_init
  Run options in use   : -e TEAGENT_ACCOUNT_TOKEN=TOKEN_NOT_SET
--hostname=$(SYSTEM_NAME) --cap-add=NET_ADMIN --mount
type=tmpfs,destination=/var/log/agent,tmpfs-size=140m --mount
type=tmpfs,destination=/var/lib/te-agent/data,tmpfs-size=200m -v
$(APP_DATA)/data:/var/lib/te-agent -e TEAGENT_PROXY_TYPE=DIRECT -e
TEAGENT_PROXY_LOCATION= -e TEAGENT_PROXY_USER= -e
TEAGENT_PROXY_AUTH_TYPE= -e TEAGENT_PROXY_PASS= -e
TEAGENT_PROXY_BYPASS_LIST= -e TEAGENT_KDC_USER= -e TEAGENT_KDC_PASS=
-e TEAGENT_KDC_REALM= -e TEAGENT_KDC_HOST= -e TEAGENT_KDC_PORT=88 -e
TEAGENT_KERBEROS_WHITELIST= -e TEAGENT_KERBEROS_RDNS=1 -e PROXY_APT=
-e APT_PROXY_USER= -e APT_PROXY_PASS= -e APT_PROXY_LOCATION= -e
TEAGENT_AUTO_UPDATES=1 -e
TEAGENT_ACCOUNT_TOKEN=nfhjzm8e8ikg07d4n31wcsws9bakcloh --hostname
Cisco-Docker

  Package run options  : -e TEAGENT_ACCOUNT_TOKEN=TOKEN_NOT_SET
--hostname=$(SYSTEM_NAME) --cap-add=NET_ADMIN --mount
type=tmpfs,destination=/var/log/agent,tmpfs-size=140m --mount
type=tmpfs,destination=/var/lib/te-agent/data,tmpfs-size=200m -v
$(APP_DATA)/data:/var/lib/te-agent -e TEAGENT_PROXY_TYPE=DIRECT -e
TEAGENT_PROXY_LOCATION= -e TEAGENT_PROXY_USER= -e
TEAGENT_PROXY_AUTH_TYPE= -e TEAGENT_PROXY_PASS= -e
TEAGENT_PROXY_BYPASS_LIST= -e TEAGENT_KDC_USER= -e TEAGENT_KDC_PASS=
-e TEAGENT_KDC_REALM= -e TEAGENT_KDC_HOST= -e TEAGENT_KDC_PORT=88 -e
TEAGENT_KERBEROS_WHITELIST= -e TEAGENT_KERBEROS_RDNS=1 -e PROXY_APT=
-e APT_PROXY_USER= -e APT_PROXY_PASS= -e APT_PROXY_LOCATION= -e
TEAGENT_AUTO_UPDATES=1

Application health information
  Status               : 0
  Last probe error     :
  Last probe output    :

In the ThousandEyes platform, go to Network & App Synthetics > Agent Settings and verify the Docker container’s IP address:

Assigning the Agent to Tests

Now that you have installed, configured, and started your Docker-based agent, you can create tests and assign them to be run by your new agent

Modify the Docker Container

Stopping the application:

catalyst# app-hosting stop appid thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
thousandeyes_enterprise_agent stopped successfully
Current state is: STOPPED

De-activate the application:

catalyst# app-hosting deactivate appid thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
thousandeyes_enterprise_agent deactivated successfully
Current state is: DEPLOYED

Modify the Docker options, and exit three times:

catalyst(config)#app-hosting appid thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#app-resource docker
catalyst(config-app-hosting-docker)#prepend-pkg-opts
catalyst(config-app-hosting-docker)#<run-opts command>
catalyst(config-app-hosting-docker)#exit
catalyst(config-app-hosting)#exit
catalyst(config)#exit

Reactivate the application, and confirm that it’s activated:

catalyst# app-hosting activate appid thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
thousandeyes_enterprise_agent activated successfully
Current state is: ACTIVATED

Start the application, and confirm that it is running:

catalyst# app-hosting start appid thousandeyes_enterprise_agent
thousandeyes_enterprise_agent started successfully
Current state is: RUNNING

How do I connect to the agent shell for Cisco agents?

catalyst#app-hosting connect appid {application name} session
#

Once inside the agent shell, you can refer to the agent log for any further troubleshooting:

# tail /var/log/agent/te-agent.log

If connection or DNS resolution errors are found in the log file, your agent cannot connect to the ThousandEyes platform. Check your app-vnic configuration and make sure the agent IP can reach the internet.

Redistribution

Redistribution

Redistribution is always import feature, when redistribution is configured under a routing protocol it is importing prefixes from the protocol mentioned in redistribute “xxx” command
Only routes that are selected as best paths and installed in the global routing table (RIB) are eligible for redistribution from source protocol, this stops from redistribution of backup paths or longer routes into the protocol, because you dont want EIGRP’s feasible successors (NOT in RIB) but only successor (installed in RIB) similarly OSPF may know multiple paths but you only want the best path (shortest path) from OSPF

A route must exist in the RIB in order for it to be redistributed into the destination protocol. In essence, this provides a safety mechanism by ensuring that the route is deemed reachable by the redistributing router.

OSPF from RIB is mentioned in the path information

show ip route
O       10.13.1.0/24 [110/3] via 10.45.1.4, 00:04:27, GigabitEthernet0/0

show ip eigrp topology 10.13.1.0/24
! Output omitted for brevity
EIGRP-IPv4 Topology Entry for AS(100)/ID(10.56.1.5) for 10.13.1.0/24
   State is Passive, Query origin flag is 1, 1 Successor(s), FD is 2560000256
   Descriptor Blocks:
   10.45.1.4, from Redistributed, Send flag is 0x0
       External data:
        AS number of route is 1
        External protocol is OSPF, external metric is 3

When redistributing from a source protocol with a higher AD into a destination protocol with a lower AD, the route shown in the routing table is always that of the source protocol, its not like that now a route is redistributed in protocol of lower AD and ownership has transferred

Using a route map allows for the filtering or modification of route attributes during the injection (catch and change)

Redistribution Sources:

Static – Static routes that are present in RIB

Connected – Interfaces that are in up state only

EIGRP – Any routes in EIGRP, including EIGRP-enabled connected networks.

OSPF – Any routes in the OSPF link-state database (LSDB), including OSPF-enabled interfaces.

BGP – Any routes in the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Loc-RIB table learned externally. Internal BGP (iBGP) routes are not redistributed by default and require the command bgp redistribute-internal for redistribution into Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) routing protocols.

Redistribution Is Not Transitive

When redistributing between two or more routing protocols on a single router, redistribution is not transitive. In other words, when a router redistributes protocol 1 into protocol 2, and protocol 2 redistributes into protocol 3, the routes from protocol 1 are not redistributed into protocol 3. Only routes from protocol 2 are injected into protocol 3 and not include protocol 1

Seed Metrics

Seed means default metric to start with, source protocol must provide some metrics to the destination protocols so that the destination protocol can calculate the best path for the redistributed routes, Every protocol provides a seed metric at the time of redistribution, following are the seed metric offered by protocols

ProtocolDefault Seed Metric
EIGRPInfinity. Routes set with infinity are not installed into the EIGRP topology table.
OSPFAll routes are Type 2 external. Routes sourced from BGP use a seed metric of 1, and all other protocols uses a seed metric of 20.
BGPOrigin is set to incomplete, the multi-exit discriminator (MED) is set to the IGP metric, and the weight is set to 32,768.

Protocol specific redistribution behavior

Every routing protocol has a unique redistribution behavior.

redistribute connected 
redistribute static
redistribute eigrp as-number
redistribute ospf process-id 
redistribute ospf process-id match internal  << this is match without Route map
redistribute ospf process-id match external 1 << this is match without Route map
redistribute ospf process-id match external 2 << this is match without Route map
redistribute bgp as-number 
redistribute xxx route-map route-map-name

Route map “match” options

Redistribute connected route-map RM -> match interface Gixxxx

matching interface in route map applied to redistribute “connected”

router ospf 1
redistribute connected route-map RM
!
route-map RM permit 10
 match interface GigabitEthernet0/1
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/1
 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0

Matches 10.1.1.0/24
interface on which the connected network exists

It makes sense that when connected are being considered then matching interface will introduce only interfaces in route map – this when we only selectively want to introduce few router interfaces and not all router interface because redistribute connected imports all connected interfaces on routers

redistribute static route-map RM -> match interface Gixxxx

matching interface in route-map applied on redistribute “static”

ip route 10.2.2.0 255.255.255.0 GigabitEthernet0/2

match interface matches:
The outgoing interface defined in the static route

✔ This works only if the static route explicitly references an interface ❌ It will NOT match if the static route points to a next-hop IP only – so this will never be used practically

Routes learned via a routing protocol (OSPF, EIGRP, RIP, etc.)
redistribute ospf route-map RM -> match interface Gixxxx

match interface matches:
Only routes learned from OSPF neighbor on that interface

match route-type external [type-1 | type-2]
match route-type internal
match route-type local
match route-type nssa-external [type-1 | type-2]

Selects prefixes based on routing protocol characteristics:
external: External BGP, EIGRP, or OSPF
internal: Internal EIGRP or intra-area/inter-area OSPF routes
local: Locally generated BGP routes
nssa-external: NSSA external (Type 7 LSAs)

Route map set actions

set ActionDescription
set as-path prepend {as-number-pattern | last-as 1-10}Prepends the AS_Path for the network prefix with the pattern specified or uses multiple iterations from the neighboring autonomous system.
set ip next-hop {ip-address | peer-address | self}Sets the next-hop IP address for any matching prefix. BGP dynamic manipulation requires the peer-address or self keywords.
set local-preference 0-4294967295Sets the BGP PA local preference.
set metric {+value | value | value}* value parameters are 0–4294967295Modifies the existing metric or sets the metric for a route.
set origin {igp | incomplete}Sets the BGP PA origin.
set weight 0-65535Sets the BGP PA weight.

Connected Networks

A common scenario in “service provider” networks involves the need for external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peering or transit subnet to exist in the routing table of internal BGP (iBGP) routers within the autonomous system. Instead of enabling the IGP routing protocol on the external interface so that the network is installed into the routing topology, the networks could be redistributed into the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP). Choosing not to enable a routing protocol on that link removes security concerns within the IGP.

router bgp 65100
 address-family ipv4
  redistribute connected route-map RM-LOOPBACK0
!
route-map RM-LOOPBACK0 permit 10
 match interface Loopback0

BGP

By default, BGP redistributes only eBGP routes into IGP protocols

BGP’s default behavior requires that a route have an AS_Path to redistribute into an IGP, which means only the eBGP routes are redistributed and not iBGP routes, iBGP routes were not included because it is common assumption that the IGP routing topology already has those internal ibgp like routes

BGP is designed to handle a large routing table, whereas IGPs are not. To redistribute BGP into an IGP on a router with a larger BGP table (for example, the Internet table with 800,000+ routes), you use selective route redistribution. Otherwise, the IGP can become unstable in the routing domain, which can lead to packet loss.

You can change BGP behavior so that all BGP routes are redistributed by using the BGP configuration command bgp redistribute-internal. To enable the iBGP route 192.168.3.3/32 to redistribute into OSPF, the bgp redistribute-internal command is required on R2.

Redistributing iBGP routes into an IGP could result in routing loops. A more logical solution is to advertise the network into the IGP

EIGRP Behaviour

When EIGRP redistributes something into itself, that route is given an AD of 170 and classed as external EIGRP route and use a default seed metric of infinity.

Default seed metric of infinity (effectively “unreachable”) (prevents the route from being installed unless you manually define a metric)

The default path metric can be changed from infinity to specific values for bandwidth, load, delay, reliability, and maximum transmission unit (MTU), thereby allowing for the installation into the EIGRP topology table. Routers can set the default metric with the address family configuration command

default-metric bandwidth delay reliability load mtu
!BDRLM

The metric can also be set within a route map or at the time of redistribution with the command 

redistribute source-protocol [metric bandwidth delay reliability load mtu] [route-map route-map-name]

EIGRP to EIGRP redistribution (EIGRP AS X into EIGRP AS Y):

EIGRP does carry over the original EIGRP metric components
(bandwidth, delay, reliability, load, MTU)

BUT EIGRP still treats them as external routes in the receiving AS

The routes become EIGRP external (D EX) with:

AD = 170
External tag
“Original metric preserved”

Example config:

R2 mutually redistributes OSPF into EIGRP
R3 mutually redistributes BGP into EIGRP
R1 is advertising the Loopback 0 address 192.168.1.1/32
R4 is advertising the Loopback 0 address 192.168.4.4/32

R2 uses the default-metric configuration command
both classic and named mode configurations

Using default-metric on whole process
R2 (AS Classic Configuration)
router eigrp 100
 default-metric 1000000 1 255 1 1500
 network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255
 redistribute ospf 1
R2 (Named Mode Configuration)
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  topology base
   default-metric 1000000 1 255 1 1500
   redistribute ospf 1
  exit-af-topology
  network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255
R3 (Named Mode Configuration)
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED
address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 100
  topology base
   redistribute bgp 65100 metric 1000000 1 255 1 1500
  exit-af-topology
  network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255
 exit-address-family
Using route-map

You can overwrite EIGRP seed metrics by setting K values also with the route map command set metric bandwidth delay reliability load mtu. Setting the metric on a prefix-by-prefix basis during redistribution

R2
router eigrp 100
 network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255
 redistribute ospf 1 route-map OSPF-2-EIGRP
!
route-map OSPF-2-EIGRP permit 10
 set metric 1000000 1 255 1 1500
R2# show ip eigrp topology
EIGRP-IPv4 Topology Table for AS(100)/ID(192.168.2.2)
Codes: P - Passive, A - Active, U - Update, Q - Query, R - Reply,
       r - reply Status, s - sia Status

P 10.34.1.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 3072
         via 10.23.1.3 (3072/2816), GigabitEthernet0/1
P 192.168.4.4/32, 1 successors, FD is 3072, tag is 65200
         via 10.23.1.3 (3072/2816), GigabitEthernet0/1
P 10.12.1.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 2816
         via Redistributed (2816/0)
P 192.168.1.1/32, 1 successors, FD is 2816
         via Redistributed (2816/0)
P 10.23.1.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 2816
         via Connected, GigabitEthernet0/1

The redistributed routes are shown in the routing table with D EX and an AD of 170

R2# show ip route | begin Gateway
! Output omitted for brevity
Gateway of last resort is not set
       10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 2 masks
C         10.12.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0
C         10.23.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
D EX      10.34.1.0/24 [170/3072] via 10.23.1.3, 00:07:43, GigabitEthernet0/1
O         192.168.1.1 [110/2] via 10.12.1.1, 00:29:22, GigabitEthernet0/0
D EX      192.168.4.4 [170/3072] via 10.23.1.3, 00:08:49, GigabitEthernet0/1
R3# show ip route | begin Gateway
! Output omitted for brevity

D EX     10.12.1.0/24 [170/15360] via 10.23.1.2, 00:22:27, GigabitEthernet0/1
C        10.23.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
C        10.34.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0
D EX     192.168.1.1 [170/15360] via 10.23.1.2, 00:22:27, GigabitEthernet0/1
B        192.168.4.4 [20/0] via 10.34.1.4, 00:13:21

EIGRP-to-EIGRP Redistribution

Redistributing routes between EIGRP autonomous systems preserves the path metrics during redistribution but still classes them as EIGRP external routes

R2 mutually redistributes routes between AS 10 and AS 20
R3 mutually redistributes routes between AS 20 and AS 30
R1 advertises the Loopback 0 interface (192.168.1.1/32) into EIGRP AS 10
R4 advertises the Loopback 0 interface (192.168.4.4/32) into EIGRP AS 30

The default seed metrics do not need to be set because they are maintained between EIGRP ASs
R2 is using classic configuration mode, and R3 is using EIGRP named configuration mode.

R2
router eigrp 10
 network 10.12.1.0 0.0.0.255
 redistribute eigrp 20
router eigrp 20
 network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255
 redistribute eigrp 10
R3
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED-20
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 20
  topology base
   redistribute eigrp 30
  exit-af-topology
  network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255
!
router eigrp EIGRP-NAMED-30
 address-family ipv4 unicast autonomous-system 30
  topology base
   redistribute eigrp 20
  exit-af-topology
  network 10.34.1.0 0.0.0.255
exit-address-family

Verification of redistribution on R1 and R4

R1# show ip route eigrp | begin Gateway
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks
D EX     10.23.1.0/24 [170/3072] via 10.12.1.2, 00:09:07, GigabitEthernet0/0
D EX     10.34.1.0/24 [170/3328] via 10.12.1.2, 00:05:48, GigabitEthernet0/0
      192.168.4.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D EX     192.168.4.4 [170/131328] via 10.12.1.2, 00:05:48, GigabitEthernet0/0
R4# show ip route eigrp | begin Gateway
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks
D EX     10.12.1.0/24 [170/3328] via 10.34.1.3, 00:07:31, GigabitEthernet0/0
D EX     10.23.1.0/24 [170/3072] via 10.34.1.3, 00:07:31, GigabitEthernet0/0
      192.168.1.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D EX     192.168.1.1 [170/131328] via 10.34.1.3, 00:07:31, GigabitEthernet0/0

EIGRP topology table for the route 192.168.4.4/32 in AS 10 and AS 20. The EIGRP path metrics for bandwidth, reliability, load, and delay are the same between the autonomous systems. Notice that the feasible distance (131,072) is the same for both autonomous systems, but the reported distance (RD) is 0 for AS 10 and 130,816 for AS 20. The RD was reset when it was redistributed into AS 10.

R2# show ip eigrp topology 192.168.4.4/32
! Output omitted for brevity
EIGRP-IPv4 Topology Entry for AS(10)/ID(192.168.2.2) for 192.168.4.4/32
  State is Passive, Query origin flag is 1, 1 Successor(s), FD is 131072
  Descriptor Blocks:
  10.23.1.3, from Redistributed, Send flag is 0x0
      Composite metric is (131072/0), route is External
      Vector metric:
        Minimum bandwidth is 1000000 Kbit
        Total delay is 5020 microseconds
        Reliability is 255/255
        Load is 1/255
        Minimum MTU is 1500
        Hop count is 2
        Originating router is 192.168.2.2
      External data:
        AS number of route is 20
        External protocol is EIGRP, external metric is 131072
        Administrator tag is 0 (0x00000000)
EIGRP-IPv4 Topology Entry for AS(20)/ID(192.168.2.2) for 192.168.4.4/32
  State is Passive, Query origin flag is 1, 1 Successor(s), FD is 131072
  Descriptor Blocks:
  10.23.1.3 (GigabitEthernet0/1), from 10.23.1.3, Send flag is 0x0
      Composite metric is (131072/130816), route is External
      Vector metric:
        Minimum bandwidth is 1000000 Kbit
        Total delay is 5020 microseconds
        Reliability is 255/255
        Load is 1/255
        Minimum MTU is 1500
        Hop count is 2
        Originating router is 192.168.3.3
      External data:
        AS number of route is 30
        External protocol is EIGRP, external metric is 2570240

OSPF Behaviour

The AD is set to 110 for intra-area, inter-area, and external OSPF routes. External OSPF routes are classified as Type 1 or Type 2, with Type 2 as the default setting. The seed metric is 1 for BGP-sourced routes and 20 for all other protocols

The exception is that if OSPF redistributes from another OSPF process, the path metric is transferred. The main differences between Type 1 and Type 2 external OSPF routes follow:

Type 1 routes are preferred over Type 2 routes.

The Type 1 metric equals the redistribution metric plus the total path metric to the autonomous system boundary router (ASBR). In other words, as the LSA propagates away from the originating ASBR, the metric increases.

The Type 2 metric equals only the redistribution metric. The metric is the same for the router next to the ASBR as for the router 30 hops away from the originating ASBR. If two Type 2 paths have exactly the same metric, the lower forwarding cost is preferred. This is the default external metric type used by OSPF.

For redistribution into OSPF, you use the command redistribute source-protocol [subnets] [metric metric] [metric-type {1 | 2}] [tag 0-4294967295] [route-map route-map-name].

If the optional subnets keyword is not included, only the classful networks are redistributed.

The optional tag keyword allows for a 32-bit route tag to be included on each redistributed route.

The metric and metric-type keywords can be set during redistribution.

R2 mutually redistributes EIGRP into OSPF
R3 mutually redistributes RIP into OSPF
R1 is advertising the Loopback 0 interface 192.168.1.1/32
R4 is advertising the Loopback 0 interface 192.168.4.4/32.

R2
router ospf 2
 router-id 192.168.2.2
 network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
 redistribute eigrp 100 subnets
R3
router ospf 3
 router-id 192.168.3.3
 redistribute rip subnets
 network 10.23.1.3 0.0.0.0 area 0

Redistribution verification

R3# show ip ospf database external
! Output omitted for brevity

            OSPF Router with ID (192.168.3.3) (Process ID 2)
               Type-5 AS External Link States

  Link State ID: 10.12.1.0 (External Network Number )
  Advertising Router: 192.168.2.2
  Network Mask: /24
         Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
         Metric: 20

  Link State ID: 10.34.1.0 (External Network Number )
  Advertising Router: 192.168.3.3
  Network Mask: /24
         Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
         Metric: 20

  Link State ID: 192.168.1.1 (External Network Number )
  Advertising Router: 10.23.1.2
  Network Mask: /32
         Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
         Metric: 20

  Link State ID: 192.168.4.4 (External Network Number )
  Advertising Router: 192.168.3.3
  Network Mask: /32
         Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
         Metric: 20
R2# show ip route | begin Gateway
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 2 masks
C        10.12.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0
C        10.23.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
O E2     10.34.1.0/24 [110/20] via 10.23.1.3, 00:04:44, GigabitEthernet0/1
      192.168.1.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D        192.168.1.1 [90/130816] via 10.12.1.1, 00:03:56, GigabitEthernet0/0
      192.168.2.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C        192.168.2.2 is directly connected, Loopback0
O E2  192.168.4.0/24 [110/20] via 10.23.1.3, 00:04:42, GigabitEthernet0/1
R3# show ip route | begin Gateway
Gateway of last resort is not set
      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 2 masks
O E2     10.12.1.0/24 [110/20] via 10.23.1.2, 00:05:41, GigabitEthernet0/1
C        10.23.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1
C        10.34.1.0/24 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0
      192.168.1.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
O E2     192.168.1.1 [110/20] via 10.23.1.2, 00:05:41, GigabitEthernet0/1
      192.168.3.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C        192.168.3.3 is directly connected, Loopback0
R     192.168.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.34.1.4, 00:00:00, GigabitEthernet0/0

OSPF-to-OSPF Redistribution

Redistributing routes between OSPF processes preserves the path metric during redistribution, independent of the metric type

R2 redistributes routes between OSPF process 1 and OSPF process 2
R3 redistributes between OSPF process 2 and OSPF process 3.
R2 and R3 set the metric type to 1 during redistribution so that the path metric increments
R1 advertises the Loopback 0 interface 192.168.1.1/32 into OSPF process 1
R4 advertises the Loopback 0 interface 192.168.4.4/32 into OSPF process 3.

but it results in the loss of path information as the Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3 LSAs are not propagated through route redistribution, only metrics are maintained

R2# show running-config | section router ospf
router ospf 1
 redistribute ospf 2 subnets metric-type 1
 network 10.12.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
router ospf 2
 redistribute ospf 1 subnets metric-type 1
 network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
R3# show running-config | section router ospf
router ospf 2
 redistribute ospf 3 subnets metric-type 1
 network 10.23.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
router ospf 3
 redistribute ospf 2 subnets metric-type 1
 network 10.34.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0

Verification on R1 and R4

R1# show ip route ospf | begin Gateway
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks
O E1     10.23.1.0/24 [110/2] via 10.12.1.2, 00:00:21, GigabitEthernet0/0
O E1     10.34.1.0/24 [110/3] via 10.12.1.2, 00:00:21, GigabitEthernet0/0
      192.168.4.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
O E1     192.168.4.4 [110/4] via 10.12.1.2, 00:00:21, GigabitEthernet0/0
R4# show ip route ospf | begin Gateway
Gateway of last resort is not set

      10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks
O E1     10.12.1.0/24 [110/3] via 10.34.1.3, 00:01:36, GigabitEthernet0/0
O E1     10.23.1.0/24 [110/2] via 10.34.1.3, 00:01:46, GigabitEthernet0/0
      192.168.1.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
O E1     192.168.1.1 [110/4] via 10.34.1.3, 02:38:49, GigabitEthernet0/0

OSPF Forwarding Address

OSPF Type 5 LSAs include a field known as the forwarding address that optimizes forwarding traffic when the source uses a shared network segment

OSPF is enabled on all the links in Area 0 except for network 10.123.1.0/24
R1 forms an eBGP session with R2 (the ASBR) which then redistributes the AS 100 route 192.168.1.1/32 into the OSPF domain
R3 has direct connectivity to R1 but does not establish a BGP session with R1
ASBR is 10.123.1.2 which is the IP address that all OSPF routers forward packets to in order to reach the 192.168.1.1/32 network

Notice that the forwarding address is the default value 0.0.0.0

R3# show ip ospf database external
! Output omitted for brevity
                Type-5 AS External Link States

  Routing Bit Set on this LSA in topology Base with MTID 0
  LS Type: AS External Link
  Link State ID: 192.168.1.1 (External Network Number )
  Advertising Router: 10.123.1.2
  Network Mask: /32
        Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
        Metric: 1
        Forward Address: 0.0.0.0

Network traffic from R3 (and R5) takes the suboptimal route R3→R5→R4→R2→R1
The optimal route would use the directly connected 10.123.1.0/24 network

R3# trace 192.168.1.1
Tracing the route to 192.168.1.1
  1 10.35.1.5  0 msec 0 msec 1 msec
  2 10.45.1.4  0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
  3 10.24.1.2  1 msec 0 msec 0 msec
  4 10.123.1.1 1 msec *  0 msec
R5# trace 192.168.1.1
Tracing the route to 192.168.1.1
  1 10.45.1.4  0 msec 0 msec 0 msec
  2 10.24.1.2  1 msec 0 msec 0 msec
  3 10.123.1.1 1 msec *  0 msec

When the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, all routers forward packets to the ASBR, introducing the potential for suboptimal routing.

The OSPF forwarding address changes from 0.0.0.0 “to the next-hop IP address in the source routing protocol” when:

  • OSPF is enabled on the ASBR’s interface that points to the next-hop IP address.
  • That interface is not set to passive.
  • That interface is a broadcast or nonbroadcast OSPF network type.

When the forwarding address is set to a value besides 0.0.0.0, the OSPF routers forward traffic only to the forwarding address.

OSPF has been enabled on R2’s and R3’s Ethernet interface connected to the 10.123.1.0/24 network,
The interface is Ethernet, which defaults to the broadcast OSPF network type, and all conditions have been met.

Type 5 LSA for the 192.168.1.1/32 network. Now that OSPF has been enabled on R2’s 10.123.1.2 interface and the interface is a broadcast network type, the forwarding address has changed from 0.0.0.0 to 10.123.1.1.

R3# show ip ospf database external
! Output omitted for brevity
                Type-5 AS External Link States1

  Options: (No TOS-capability, DC)
  LS Type: AS External Link
  Link State ID: 192.168.1.1 (External Network Number )
  Advertising Router: 10.123.1.2
  Network Mask: /32
         Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
         Metric: 1
         Forward Address: 10.123.1.1

verifies that connectivity from R3 and R5 now takes the optimal path to R1 because the forwarding address has changed to 10.123.1.1.

R3# trace 192.168.1.1
Tracing the route to 192.168.1.1
  1 10.123.1.1 0 msec *  1 msec
R5# trace 192.168.1.1
Tracing the route to 192.168.1.1
  1 10.35.1.3  0 msec 0 msec 1 msec
  2 10.123.1.1 0 msec *  1 msec

If the Type 5 LSA forwarding address is not a default value, the address must be an intra-area or inter-area OSPF route
If the route does not exist, the LSA is ignored and is not installed into the RIB

The OSPF forwarding address optimizes forwarding toward the destination network, but return traffic is unaffected. Outbound traffic from R3 or R5 still exits at R3’s Gi0/0 interface, but return traffic is sent directly to R2.

BGP Behaviour

Redistributing routes into BGP does not require a seed metric because BGP is a path vector protocol. Redistributed routes have the following BGP attributes set.

The origin is set to incomplete.

The next-hop address is set to the IP address of the source protocol

The weight is set to 32,768

The MED is set to the path metric of the source protocol

R2 mutually redistributes between OSPF and BGP
R3 mutually redistributes between EIGRP AS 100 and BGP
R1 is advertising the Loopback 0 interface 192.168.1.1/32
R4 is advertising the Loopback 0 interface 192.168.4.4/32

Notice that R2 and R3 have used the command bgp redistribute-internal, which allows for any iBGP learned prefixes to be redistributed into OSPF or EIGRP

R2 (Default IPv4 Address Family Enabled)
router bgp 65100
 bgp redistribute-internal
 network 10.23.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0
 redistribute ospf 1
 neighbor 10.23.1.3 remote-as 65100
R3 (Default IPv4 Address Family Disabled)
router bgp 65100
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 neighbor 10.23.1.2 remote-as 65100
 !
 address-family ipv4
  bgp redistribute-internal
  network 10.23.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0
  redistribute eigrp 100
  neighbor 10.23.1.2 activate
exit-address-family

Verification, notice the metric is carried over from the IGP metric during redistribution

R2# show bgp ipv4 unicast | begin Network
       Network         Next Hop           Metric LocPrf Weight Path
 *>   10.12.1.0/24     0.0.0.0                 0         32768 ?
 * i  10.23.1.0/24     10.23.1.3               0    100      0 i
 *>                    0.0.0.0                 0         32768 i
 *>i  10.34.1.0/24     10.23.1.3               0    100      0 ?
 *>   192.168.1.1/32   10.12.1.1               2         32768 ?
 *>i  192.168.4.4/32   10.34.1.4          130816    100      0 ?

Detailed BGP path information for the redistributed routes
The origin is incomplete, and the BGP metric matches the IGP metric.

R2# show bgp ipv4 unicast 192.168.1.1
! Output omitted for brevity

BGP routing table entry for 192.168.1.1/32, version 3
Paths: (1 available, best #1, table default)
  Local
    10.12.1.1 from 0.0.0.0 (192.168.2.2)
      Origin incomplete, metric 2, localpref 100, weight 32768, valid, sourced, best
R3# show bgp ipv4 unicast 192.168.4.4
BGP routing table entry for 192.168.4.4/32, version 3
Paths: (1 available, best #1, table default)
  Local
    10.34.1.4 from 0.0.0.0 (10.34.1.3)
      Origin incomplete, metric 130816, localpref 100, weight 32768, valid, sourced,
best

Redistribution of routes from OSPF to BGP does not include OSPF external routes by default. match external [1 | 2] is required to redistribute OSPHighly available network designs use multiple points of redistribution to ensure redundancy, which increases the probability of route feedback. Route feedback can cause suboptimal routing or routing loops, but it can be resolved with the techniques explained in this chapter and in Chapter 12, “Advanced BGP.”F external routes.

Redistribution and Redundancy

Due to redundancy in networks, there are usually 2 redistirbuting points in the network, but following issues may arise

  1. Suboptimal routing – slow connectivity
  2. Routing loops – Total loss of service

Suboptimal routing

Whenever redistribution takes place, network visiblity is lost and seed metric is used as a starting point and this is not an issue when there is only one point of redistribution in the network however it can become an issue if there are 2 or more points of redistribution and it can cause sub optimal routing to the destination learned via redistribution

Left to right, better path to reach 192.168.2.0/24 is via R2 because via R1 we will encounter R1’s 10Mbps link which is slowest in the topology

When you perform redistribution on R1 and R2 (Internal Routers) into EIGRP, EIGRP does not know that the 10 Mbps link or the 1 Gbps link exists in the OSPF domain, in order to avoid this situation we have to add lower seed metric on R2 and higher seed metric on R1

Same Seed Metric

In case seed metric defined on R1 and R2 are same, in EIGRP AS or domain, after adding seed metric (distance vector calculation) and cost of links (1 Gbps link and 100 Mbps links), inside EIGRP AS route to 192.168.2.0/24 through R1 will win and from there I will be routed over the 10 Mbps link

You can recognize this issue in a topological diagram and also by using the traceroute command

You can solve this issue by providing lower seed metric on R2 and higher seed metric on R1

In reverse when EIGRP routes (10.1.1.0/24) are redistributed into OSPF, the redistributed routes have a default seed metric of 20 and are classified as E2 routes;

Due to E2 routes, the metric remains as 20 throughout the OSPF domain, whenever E2 are used we need to keep in mind that routes

Raspberry Pi work

Black cable to go in pin 6 and red cable to go in pin 17

https://www.raspberrypi.com/software